]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/macterm.c
* macterm.c (mac_check_for_quit_char): Don't check more often than
[gnu-emacs] / src / macterm.c
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Mac OS.
2 Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
5
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
20
21 /* Contributed by Andrew Choi (akochoi@mac.com). */
22
23 #include <config.h>
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <stdlib.h>
27 #include "lisp.h"
28 #include "charset.h"
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30
31 #include "macterm.h"
32
33 #ifndef MAC_OSX
34 #include <alloca.h>
35 #endif
36
37 #ifdef MAC_OSX
38 #undef mktime
39 #undef DEBUG
40 #undef free
41 #undef malloc
42 #undef realloc
43 /* Macros max and min defined in lisp.h conflict with those in
44 precompiled header Carbon.h. */
45 #undef max
46 #undef min
47 #undef init_process
48 #include <Carbon/Carbon.h>
49 #undef free
50 #define free unexec_free
51 #undef malloc
52 #define malloc unexec_malloc
53 #undef realloc
54 #define realloc unexec_realloc
55 #undef min
56 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
57 #undef max
58 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
59 #undef init_process
60 #define init_process emacs_init_process
61 /* USE_CARBON_EVENTS determines if the Carbon Event Manager is used to
62 obtain events from the event queue. If set to 0, WaitNextEvent is
63 used instead. */
64 #define USE_CARBON_EVENTS 1
65 #else /* not MAC_OSX */
66 #include <Quickdraw.h>
67 #include <ToolUtils.h>
68 #include <Sound.h>
69 #include <Events.h>
70 #include <Script.h>
71 #include <Resources.h>
72 #include <Fonts.h>
73 #include <TextUtils.h>
74 #include <LowMem.h>
75 #include <Controls.h>
76 #if defined (__MRC__) || (__MSL__ >= 0x6000)
77 #include <ControlDefinitions.h>
78 #endif
79 #include <Gestalt.h>
80
81 #if __profile__
82 #include <profiler.h>
83 #endif
84 #endif /* not MAC_OSX */
85
86 #include "systty.h"
87 #include "systime.h"
88 #include "atimer.h"
89 #include "keymap.h"
90
91 #include <ctype.h>
92 #include <errno.h>
93 #include <setjmp.h>
94 #include <sys/stat.h>
95
96 #include "keyboard.h"
97 #include "frame.h"
98 #include "dispextern.h"
99 #include "fontset.h"
100 #include "termhooks.h"
101 #include "termopts.h"
102 #include "termchar.h"
103 #include "gnu.h"
104 #include "disptab.h"
105 #include "buffer.h"
106 #include "window.h"
107 #include "intervals.h"
108 #include "composite.h"
109 #include "coding.h"
110
111 /* Set of macros that handle mapping of Mac modifier keys to emacs. */
112 #define macCtrlKey (NILP (Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta) ? controlKey : \
113 (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? optionKey : cmdKey))
114 #define macShiftKey (shiftKey)
115 #define macMetaKey (NILP (Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta) ? \
116 (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? optionKey : cmdKey) \
117 : controlKey)
118 #define macAltKey (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? cmdKey : optionKey)
119
120 \f
121
122 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
123
124 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;
125
126 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
127 start. */
128
129 static int any_help_event_p;
130
131 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
132
133 int x_autoselect_window_p;
134
135 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
136
137 int x_use_underline_position_properties;
138
139 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
140 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
141 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
142
143
144 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
145 use. */
146
147 struct x_display_info *x_display_list;
148
149 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
150 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
151 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
152 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
153
154 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;
155
156 /* This is display since Mac does not support multiple ones. */
157 struct mac_display_info one_mac_display_info;
158
159 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
160 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
161 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
162 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
163
164 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
165
166 extern int waiting_for_input;
167
168 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
169
170 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
171
172 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
173
174 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction;
175
176 /* Mouse movement.
177
178 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
179 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
180 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
181 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
182
183 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
184
185 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
186 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
187 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
188 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
189 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
190 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
191 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
192 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
193 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
194 is off. */
195
196 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
197
198 static Rect last_mouse_glyph;
199 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
200
201 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
202
203 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
204 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
205 an ordinary motion.
206
207 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
208 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
209 event. */
210
211 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
212
213 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
214 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
215 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
216 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
217 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
218 it's somewhat accurate. */
219
220 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
221
222 enum mouse_tracking_type {
223 mouse_tracking_none,
224 mouse_tracking_mouse_movement,
225 mouse_tracking_scroll_bar
226 };
227
228 enum mouse_tracking_type mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none;
229
230 struct scroll_bar *tracked_scroll_bar = NULL;
231
232 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
233 events. */
234
235 #ifdef __STDC__
236 static int volatile input_signal_count;
237 #else
238 static int input_signal_count;
239 #endif
240
241 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
242
243 static int x_noop_count;
244
245 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
246
247 extern char **initial_argv;
248 extern int initial_argc;
249
250 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
251
252 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
253
254 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager;
255
256 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
257
258 extern int errno;
259
260 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
261
262 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
263
264 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
265
266 #if 0
267 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources P_ ((Display *, char *, char *, char *));
268 #endif
269
270 extern int inhibit_window_system;
271
272 #if __MRC__
273 QDGlobals qd; /* QuickDraw global information structure. */
274 #endif
275
276
277 struct frame * x_window_to_frame (struct mac_display_info *, WindowPtr);
278 struct mac_display_info *mac_display_info_for_display (Display *);
279 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
280 static void mac_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, EventRecord *));
281 static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *));
282 int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *));
283 void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int));
284 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
285 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
286 int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *));
287 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
288 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
289 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
290 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
291 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
292 void mac_initialize P_ ((void));
293 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
294 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
295 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
296 static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
297 static void XTreassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int));
298 static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int));
299 static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
300 static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
301 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
302 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
303 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
304 static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *));
305 static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
306 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
307 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
308 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int));
309 static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
310 GC, int));
311 static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f));
312 static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *));
313 static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *));
314 static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *));
315
316 void activate_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR);
317 void deactivate_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR);
318
319 static int is_emacs_window (WindowPtr);
320
321 extern int image_ascent (struct image *, struct face *);
322 int x_bitmap_icon (struct frame *, Lisp_Object);
323 void x_make_frame_visible (struct frame *);
324
325 extern void window_scroll (Lisp_Object, int, int, int);
326
327 /* Defined in macmenu.h. */
328 extern void menubar_selection_callback (FRAME_PTR, int);
329 extern void set_frame_menubar (FRAME_PTR, int, int);
330
331 /* X display function emulation */
332
333 static void
334 XFreePixmap (display, pixmap)
335 Display *display;
336 Pixmap pixmap;
337 {
338 PixMap *p = (PixMap *) pixmap;
339
340 xfree (p->baseAddr);
341 xfree (p);
342 }
343
344
345 /* Set foreground color for subsequent QuickDraw commands. Assume
346 graphic port has already been set. */
347
348 static void
349 mac_set_forecolor (unsigned long color)
350 {
351 RGBColor fg_color;
352
353 fg_color.red = RED_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256;
354 fg_color.green = GREEN_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256;
355 fg_color.blue = BLUE_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256;
356
357 RGBForeColor (&fg_color);
358 }
359
360
361 /* Set background color for subsequent QuickDraw commands. Assume
362 graphic port has already been set. */
363
364 static void
365 mac_set_backcolor (unsigned long color)
366 {
367 RGBColor bg_color;
368
369 bg_color.red = RED_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256;
370 bg_color.green = GREEN_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256;
371 bg_color.blue = BLUE_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256;
372
373 RGBBackColor (&bg_color);
374 }
375
376 /* Set foreground and background color for subsequent QuickDraw
377 commands. Assume that the graphic port has already been set. */
378
379 static void
380 mac_set_colors (GC gc)
381 {
382 mac_set_forecolor (gc->foreground);
383 mac_set_backcolor (gc->background);
384 }
385
386 /* Mac version of XDrawLine. */
387
388 static void
389 XDrawLine (display, w, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2)
390 Display *display;
391 WindowPtr w;
392 GC gc;
393 int x1, y1, x2, y2;
394 {
395 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
396 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
397 #else
398 SetPort (w);
399 #endif
400
401 mac_set_colors (gc);
402
403 MoveTo (x1, y1);
404 LineTo (x2, y2);
405 }
406
407 /* Mac version of XClearArea. */
408
409 void
410 XClearArea (display, w, x, y, width, height, exposures)
411 Display *display;
412 WindowPtr w;
413 int x, y;
414 unsigned int width, height;
415 int exposures;
416 {
417 struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w);
418 Rect r;
419 XGCValues xgc;
420
421 xgc.foreground = mwp->x_compatible.foreground_pixel;
422 xgc.background = mwp->x_compatible.background_pixel;
423
424 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
425 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
426 #else
427 SetPort (w);
428 #endif
429
430 mac_set_colors (&xgc);
431 SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);
432
433 EraseRect (&r);
434 }
435
436 /* Mac version of XClearWindow. */
437
438 static void
439 XClearWindow (display, w)
440 Display *display;
441 WindowPtr w;
442 {
443 struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w);
444 XGCValues xgc;
445
446 xgc.foreground = mwp->x_compatible.foreground_pixel;
447 xgc.background = mwp->x_compatible.background_pixel;
448
449 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
450 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
451 #else
452 SetPort (w);
453 #endif
454
455 mac_set_colors (&xgc);
456
457 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
458 {
459 Rect r;
460
461 GetWindowPortBounds (w, &r);
462 EraseRect (&r);
463 }
464 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
465 EraseRect (&(w->portRect));
466 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
467 }
468
469
470 /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea. */
471
472 static void
473 mac_draw_bitmap (display, w, gc, x, y, bitmap)
474 Display *display;
475 WindowPtr w;
476 GC gc;
477 int x, y;
478 BitMap *bitmap;
479 {
480 Rect r;
481
482 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
483 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
484 #else
485 SetPort (w);
486 #endif
487
488 mac_set_colors (gc);
489 SetRect (&r, x, y, x + bitmap->bounds.right, y + bitmap->bounds.bottom);
490
491 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
492 {
493 PixMapHandle pmh;
494
495 LockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w));
496 pmh = GetPortPixMap (GetWindowPort (w));
497 CopyBits (bitmap, (BitMap *) *pmh, &(bitmap->bounds), &r, srcCopy, 0);
498 UnlockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w));
499 }
500 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
501 CopyBits (bitmap, &(w->portBits), &(bitmap->bounds), &r, srcCopy, 0);
502 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
503 }
504
505
506 /* Mac replacement for XSetClipRectangles. */
507
508 static void
509 mac_set_clip_rectangle (display, w, r)
510 Display *display;
511 WindowPtr w;
512 Rect *r;
513 {
514 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
515 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
516 #else
517 SetPort (w);
518 #endif
519
520 ClipRect (r);
521 }
522
523
524 /* Mac replacement for XSetClipMask. */
525
526 static void
527 mac_reset_clipping (display, w)
528 Display *display;
529 WindowPtr w;
530 {
531 Rect r;
532
533 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
534 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
535 #else
536 SetPort (w);
537 #endif
538
539 SetRect (&r, -32767, -32767, 32767, 32767);
540 ClipRect (&r);
541 }
542
543
544 /* Mac replacement for XCreateBitmapFromBitmapData. */
545
546 static void
547 mac_create_bitmap_from_bitmap_data (bitmap, bits, w, h)
548 BitMap *bitmap;
549 char *bits;
550 int w, h;
551 {
552 int bytes_per_row, i, j;
553
554 bitmap->rowBytes = (w + 15) / 16 * 2; /* must be on word boundary */
555 bitmap->baseAddr = xmalloc (bitmap->rowBytes * h);
556 if (!bitmap->baseAddr)
557 abort ();
558
559 bzero (bitmap->baseAddr, bitmap->rowBytes * h);
560 for (i = 0; i < h; i++)
561 for (j = 0; j < w; j++)
562 if (BitTst (bits, i * w + j))
563 BitSet (bitmap->baseAddr, i * bitmap->rowBytes * 8 + j);
564
565 SetRect (&(bitmap->bounds), 0, 0, w, h);
566 }
567
568
569 static void
570 mac_free_bitmap (bitmap)
571 BitMap *bitmap;
572 {
573 xfree (bitmap->baseAddr);
574 }
575
576 /* Mac replacement for XFillRectangle. */
577
578 static void
579 XFillRectangle (display, w, gc, x, y, width, height)
580 Display *display;
581 WindowPtr w;
582 GC gc;
583 int x, y;
584 unsigned int width, height;
585 {
586 Rect r;
587
588 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
589 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
590 #else
591 SetPort (w);
592 #endif
593
594 mac_set_colors (gc);
595 SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);
596
597 PaintRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */
598 }
599
600
601 /* Mac replacement for XDrawRectangle: dest is a window. */
602
603 static void
604 mac_draw_rectangle (display, w, gc, x, y, width, height)
605 Display *display;
606 WindowPtr w;
607 GC gc;
608 int x, y;
609 unsigned int width, height;
610 {
611 Rect r;
612
613 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
614 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
615 #else
616 SetPort (w);
617 #endif
618
619 mac_set_colors (gc);
620 SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width + 1, y + height + 1);
621
622 FrameRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */
623 }
624
625
626 /* Mac replacement for XDrawRectangle: dest is a Pixmap. */
627
628 static void
629 mac_draw_rectangle_to_pixmap (display, p, gc, x, y, width, height)
630 Display *display;
631 Pixmap p;
632 GC gc;
633 int x, y;
634 unsigned int width, height;
635 {
636 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: draw a rectangle in a PixMap */
637 Rect r;
638
639 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
640 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
641 #else
642 SetPort (w);
643 #endif
644
645 mac_set_colors (gc);
646 SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);
647
648 FrameRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */
649 #endif /* 0 */
650 }
651
652
653 static void
654 mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, mode,
655 bytes_per_char)
656 Display *display;
657 WindowPtr w;
658 GC gc;
659 int x, y;
660 char *buf;
661 int nchars, mode, bytes_per_char;
662 {
663 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
664 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
665 #else
666 SetPort (w);
667 #endif
668
669 mac_set_colors (gc);
670
671 TextFont (gc->font->mac_fontnum);
672 TextSize (gc->font->mac_fontsize);
673 TextFace (gc->font->mac_fontface);
674 TextMode (mode);
675
676 MoveTo (x, y);
677 DrawText (buf, 0, nchars * bytes_per_char);
678 }
679
680
681 /* Mac replacement for XDrawString. */
682
683 static void
684 XDrawString (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
685 Display *display;
686 WindowPtr w;
687 GC gc;
688 int x, y;
689 char *buf;
690 int nchars;
691 {
692 mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, srcOr, 1);
693 }
694
695
696 /* Mac replacement for XDrawString16. */
697
698 static void
699 XDrawString16 (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
700 Display *display;
701 WindowPtr w;
702 GC gc;
703 int x, y;
704 XChar2b *buf;
705 int nchars;
706 {
707 mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, (char *) buf, nchars, srcOr,
708 2);
709 }
710
711
712 /* Mac replacement for XDrawImageString. */
713
714 static void
715 XDrawImageString (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
716 Display *display;
717 WindowPtr w;
718 GC gc;
719 int x, y;
720 char *buf;
721 int nchars;
722 {
723 mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, srcCopy, 1);
724 }
725
726
727 /* Mac replacement for XDrawString16. */
728
729 static void
730 XDrawImageString16 (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
731 Display *display;
732 WindowPtr w;
733 GC gc;
734 int x, y;
735 XChar2b *buf;
736 int nchars;
737 {
738 mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, (char *) buf, nchars, srcCopy,
739 2);
740 }
741
742
743 /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: dest must be window. */
744
745 static void
746 mac_copy_area (display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x,
747 dest_y)
748 Display *display;
749 Pixmap src;
750 WindowPtr dest;
751 GC gc;
752 int src_x, src_y;
753 unsigned int width, height;
754 int dest_x, dest_y;
755 {
756 Rect src_r, dest_r;
757
758 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
759 SetPort (GetWindowPort (dest));
760 #else
761 SetPort (dest);
762 #endif
763
764 mac_set_colors (gc);
765
766 SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
767 SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height);
768
769 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
770 {
771 PixMapHandle pmh;
772
773 LockPortBits (GetWindowPort (dest));
774 pmh = GetPortPixMap (GetWindowPort (dest));
775 CopyBits ((BitMap *) &src, (BitMap *) *pmh, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
776 UnlockPortBits (GetWindowPort (dest));
777 }
778 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
779 CopyBits ((BitMap *) &src, &(dest->portBits), &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
780 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
781 }
782
783
784 #if 0
785 /* Convert a pair of local coordinates to global (screen) coordinates.
786 Assume graphic port has been properly set. */
787 static void
788 local_to_global_coord (short *h, short *v)
789 {
790 Point p;
791
792 p.h = *h;
793 p.v = *v;
794
795 LocalToGlobal (&p);
796
797 *h = p.h;
798 *v = p.v;
799 }
800 #endif
801
802 /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: used only for scrolling. */
803
804 static void
805 mac_scroll_area (display, w, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y)
806 Display *display;
807 WindowPtr w;
808 GC gc;
809 int src_x, src_y;
810 unsigned int width, height;
811 int dest_x, dest_y;
812 {
813 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
814 Rect gw_r, src_r, dest_r;
815 PixMapHandle pmh;
816
817 SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
818 SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height);
819
820 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
821
822 ForeColor (blackColor);
823 BackColor (whiteColor);
824
825 LockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w));
826 pmh = GetPortPixMap (GetWindowPort (w));
827 CopyBits ((BitMap *) *pmh, (BitMap *) *pmh, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
828 UnlockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w));
829
830 mac_set_colors (gc);
831 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
832 Rect src_r, dest_r;
833
834 SetPort (w);
835 #if 0
836 mac_set_colors (gc);
837 #endif
838
839 SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
840 SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height);
841
842 #if 0
843 /* Need to use global coordinates and screenBits since src and dest
844 areas overlap in general. */
845 local_to_global_coord (&src_r.left, &src_r.top);
846 local_to_global_coord (&src_r.right, &src_r.bottom);
847 local_to_global_coord (&dest_r.left, &dest_r.top);
848 local_to_global_coord (&dest_r.right, &dest_r.bottom);
849
850 CopyBits (&qd.screenBits, &qd.screenBits, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
851 #else
852 /* In Color QuickDraw, set ForeColor and BackColor as follows to avoid
853 color mapping in CopyBits. Otherwise, it will be slow. */
854 ForeColor (blackColor);
855 BackColor (whiteColor);
856 CopyBits (&(w->portBits), &(w->portBits), &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
857
858 mac_set_colors (gc);
859 #endif
860 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
861 }
862
863
864 /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: dest must be Pixmap. */
865
866 static void
867 mac_copy_area_to_pixmap (display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height,
868 dest_x, dest_y)
869 Display *display;
870 Pixmap src;
871 Pixmap dest;
872 GC gc;
873 int src_x, src_y;
874 unsigned int width, height;
875 int dest_x, dest_y;
876 {
877 Rect src_r, dest_r;
878 int src_right = ((PixMap *) src)->bounds.right;
879 int src_bottom = ((PixMap *) src)->bounds.bottom;
880 int w = src_right - src_x;
881 int h = src_bottom - src_y;
882
883 mac_set_colors (gc);
884
885 SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_right, src_bottom);
886 SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + w, dest_y + h);
887
888 CopyBits ((BitMap *) &src, (BitMap *) &dest, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
889 }
890
891
892 /* Mac replacement for XChangeGC. */
893
894 static void
895 XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
896 XGCValues *xgcv)
897 {
898 if (mask & GCForeground)
899 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
900 if (mask & GCBackground)
901 gc->background = xgcv->background;
902 if (mask & GCFont)
903 gc->font = xgcv->font;
904 }
905
906
907 /* Mac replacement for XCreateGC. */
908
909 XGCValues *
910 XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
911 XGCValues *xgcv)
912 {
913 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
914 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
915
916 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
917
918 return gc;
919 }
920
921
922 /* Used in xfaces.c. */
923
924 void
925 XFreeGC (display, gc)
926 Display *display;
927 GC gc;
928 {
929 xfree (gc);
930 }
931
932
933 /* Mac replacement for XGetGCValues. */
934
935 static void
936 XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
937 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
938 {
939 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
940 }
941
942
943 /* Mac replacement for XSetForeground. */
944
945 static void
946 XSetForeground (display, gc, color)
947 Display *display;
948 GC gc;
949 unsigned long color;
950 {
951 gc->foreground = color;
952 }
953
954
955 /* Mac replacement for XSetFont. */
956
957 static void
958 XSetFont (display, gc, font)
959 Display *display;
960 GC gc;
961 XFontStruct *font;
962 {
963 gc->font = font;
964 }
965
966
967 static void
968 XTextExtents16 (XFontStruct *font, XChar2b *text, int nchars,
969 int *direction,int *font_ascent,
970 int *font_descent, XCharStruct *cs)
971 {
972 /* MAC_TODO: Use GetTextMetrics to do this and inline it below. */
973 }
974
975
976 /* x_sync is a no-op on Mac. */
977 void
978 x_sync (f)
979 void *f;
980 {
981 }
982
983
984 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
985 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
986 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
987 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
988 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
989 performance. */
990
991 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
992 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) QDFlushPortBuffer (GetQDGlobalsThePort (), NULL)
993 #else
994 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
995 #endif
996
997 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
998
999 void
1000 x_flush (f)
1001 struct frame *f;
1002 {
1003 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
1004 BLOCK_INPUT;
1005 if (f == NULL)
1006 {
1007 Lisp_Object rest, frame;
1008 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
1009 x_flush (XFRAME (frame));
1010 }
1011 else if (FRAME_X_P (f))
1012 XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
1013 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1014 #endif /* TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
1015 }
1016
1017
1018 \f
1019 /* Return the struct mac_display_info corresponding to DPY. There's
1020 only one. */
1021
1022 struct mac_display_info *
1023 mac_display_info_for_display (dpy)
1024 Display *dpy;
1025 {
1026 return &one_mac_display_info;
1027 }
1028
1029
1030 \f
1031 /***********************************************************************
1032 Starting and ending an update
1033 ***********************************************************************/
1034
1035 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
1036 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
1037 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
1038 each window being updated. */
1039
1040 static void
1041 x_update_begin (f)
1042 struct frame *f;
1043 {
1044 /* Nothing to do. */
1045 }
1046
1047
1048 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
1049 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
1050 position of W. */
1051
1052 static void
1053 x_update_window_begin (w)
1054 struct window *w;
1055 {
1056 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
1057 struct mac_display_info *display_info = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
1058
1059 updated_window = w;
1060 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
1061
1062 BLOCK_INPUT;
1063
1064 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
1065 {
1066 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1067 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
1068
1069 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1070 highlighting. */
1071 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
1072 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
1073
1074 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
1075 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
1076 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
1077 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
1078 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
1079 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
1080
1081 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
1082 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
1083 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
1084 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
1085 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
1086 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
1087 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
1088 {
1089 int i;
1090
1091 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
1092 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
1093 break;
1094
1095 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
1096 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
1097 }
1098 #endif /* 0 */
1099 }
1100
1101 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1102 }
1103
1104
1105 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1106
1107 static void
1108 mac_draw_vertical_window_border (w, x, y0, y1)
1109 struct window *w;
1110 int x, y0, y1;
1111 {
1112 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
1113
1114 XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
1115 f->output_data.mac->normal_gc, x, y0, x, y1);
1116 }
1117
1118
1119 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
1120
1121 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1122 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1123
1124 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1125 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1126 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1127
1128 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1129 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1130 here. */
1131
1132 static void
1133 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
1134 struct window *w;
1135 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
1136 {
1137 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
1138
1139 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
1140 {
1141 BLOCK_INPUT;
1142
1143 if (cursor_on_p)
1144 display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
1145 output_cursor.vpos,
1146 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
1147
1148 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
1149 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1150 }
1151
1152 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1153 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1154 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
1155 {
1156 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
1157 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
1158 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
1159 }
1160
1161 #if 0
1162 /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it
1163 was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in
1164 x_update_window_begin. */
1165 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
1166 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0);
1167 #endif
1168
1169 updated_window = NULL;
1170 }
1171
1172
1173 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1174 update_end. */
1175
1176 static void
1177 x_update_end (f)
1178 struct frame *f;
1179 {
1180 /* Reset the background color of Mac OS Window to that of the frame after
1181 update so that it is used by Mac Toolbox to clear the update region before
1182 an update event is generated. */
1183 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
1184 SetPort (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)));
1185 #else
1186 SetPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
1187 #endif
1188
1189 mac_set_backcolor (FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1190
1191 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1192 FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
1193
1194 BLOCK_INPUT;
1195 XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
1196 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1197 }
1198
1199
1200 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
1201 complete update has been performed. The global variable
1202 updated_window is not available here. */
1203
1204 static void
1205 XTframe_up_to_date (f)
1206 struct frame *f;
1207 {
1208 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
1209 {
1210 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
1211
1212 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
1213 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
1214 {
1215 BLOCK_INPUT;
1216 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
1217 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
1218 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
1219 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
1220 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
1221 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1222 }
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226
1227 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1228 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1229 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
1230 found in updated_window. This function is called from
1231 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1232 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1233
1234 static void
1235 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
1236 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
1237 {
1238 struct window *w = updated_window;
1239 struct frame *f;
1240 int width, height;
1241
1242 xassert (w);
1243
1244 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
1245 {
1246 BLOCK_INPUT;
1247 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
1248 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1249 }
1250
1251 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1252 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1253 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1254 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1255 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1256 overhead is very small. */
1257 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1258 && desired_row->full_width_p
1259 && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
1260 width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
1261 width != 0)
1262 && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
1263 height > 0))
1264 {
1265 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
1266 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
1267 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
1268 && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
1269 y -= width;
1270
1271 BLOCK_INPUT;
1272
1273 XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
1274 0, y, width, height, 0);
1275 XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
1276 f->output_data.mac->pixel_width - width, y,
1277 width, height, 0);
1278
1279 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1280 }
1281 }
1282
1283
1284 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
1285 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
1286 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
1287 drawn. */
1288
1289 static void
1290 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, p)
1291 struct window *w;
1292 struct glyph_row *row;
1293 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p;
1294 {
1295 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
1296 Display *display = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
1297 WindowPtr window = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);
1298 XGCValues gcv;
1299 GC gc = f->output_data.mac->normal_gc;
1300 struct face *face = p->face;
1301
1302 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1303 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 1);
1304
1305 if (p->bx >= 0)
1306 {
1307 XGCValues gcv;
1308 gcv.foreground = face->background;
1309
1310 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
1311 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1312 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1313 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1314 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1315 if (face->stipple)
1316 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
1317 else
1318 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background);
1319 #endif
1320
1321 XFillRectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
1322 &gcv,
1323 p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny);
1324
1325 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
1326 if (!face->stipple)
1327 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground);
1328 #endif
1329 }
1330
1331 if (p->which != NO_FRINGE_BITMAP)
1332 {
1333 unsigned char *bits = fringe_bitmaps[p->which].bits + p->dh;
1334 BitMap bitmap;
1335
1336 mac_create_bitmap_from_bitmap_data (&bitmap, bits, p->wd, p->h);
1337 gcv.foreground = face->foreground;
1338 gcv.background = face->background;
1339
1340 mac_draw_bitmap (display, window, &gcv, p->x, p->y, &bitmap);
1341
1342 mac_free_bitmap (&bitmap);
1343 }
1344
1345 mac_reset_clipping (display, window);
1346 }
1347
1348 \f
1349 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1350 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1351 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1352 rarely happens). */
1353
1354 static void
1355 XTset_terminal_modes ()
1356 {
1357 }
1358
1359 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1360 the windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1361
1362 static void
1363 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
1364 {
1365 }
1366
1367 \f
1368 /***********************************************************************
1369 Display Iterator
1370 ***********************************************************************/
1371
1372 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1373
1374 static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *));
1375 static int mac_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *, int *));
1376
1377
1378 /* Return a pointer to per-char metric information in FONT of a
1379 character pointed by B which is a pointer to an XChar2b. */
1380
1381 #define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \
1382 ((font)->per_char \
1383 ? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 \
1384 + (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1) \
1385 ? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1) \
1386 * ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \
1387 : 0)) \
1388 : &((font)->max_bounds))
1389
1390
1391 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
1392 is not contained in the font. */
1393
1394 static INLINE XCharStruct *
1395 x_per_char_metric (font, char2b)
1396 XFontStruct *font;
1397 XChar2b *char2b;
1398 {
1399 /* The result metric information. */
1400 XCharStruct *pcm = NULL;
1401
1402 xassert (font && char2b);
1403
1404 if (font->per_char != NULL)
1405 {
1406 if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0)
1407 {
1408 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
1409 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
1410 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
1411 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
1412 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
1413 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
1414 if (char2b->byte1 == 0
1415 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1416 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
1417 pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2;
1418 }
1419 else
1420 {
1421 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
1422 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
1423 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
1424 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
1425
1426 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
1427 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
1428
1429 where:
1430
1431 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
1432 / = integer division
1433 \ = integer modulus */
1434 if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1
1435 && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1
1436 && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1437 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
1438 {
1439 pcm = (font->per_char
1440 + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)
1441 * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1))
1442 + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2));
1443 }
1444 }
1445 }
1446 else
1447 {
1448 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
1449 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
1450 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
1451 if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
1452 && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
1453 pcm = &font->max_bounds;
1454 }
1455
1456 return ((pcm == NULL
1457 || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0))
1458 ? NULL : pcm);
1459 }
1460
1461 /* RIF:
1462 */
1463
1464 static XCharStruct *
1465 mac_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1466 XFontStruct *font;
1467 XChar2b *char2b;
1468 int font_type;
1469 {
1470 return x_per_char_metric (font, char2b);
1471 }
1472
1473 /* RIF:
1474 Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1475 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1476
1477 static int
1478 mac_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1479 int c;
1480 XChar2b *char2b;
1481 struct font_info *font_info;
1482 int *two_byte_p;
1483 {
1484 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1485 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1486
1487 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1488 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1489 fixed encoding. */
1490 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1491 {
1492 /* It's a program. */
1493 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1494
1495 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1496 {
1497 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1498 ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2;
1499 }
1500 else
1501 {
1502 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1503 ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1;
1504 ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2;
1505 }
1506
1507 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1508
1509 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1510 program. */
1511 if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */
1512 char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
1513 else
1514 char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
1515 }
1516 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1517 {
1518 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1519 encoding numbers. */
1520 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1521
1522 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1523 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1524 char2b->byte1 |= 0x80;
1525
1526 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
1527 char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
1528
1529 if (enc == 4)
1530 {
1531 int sjis1, sjis2;
1532
1533 ENCODE_SJIS (char2b->byte1, char2b->byte2, sjis1, sjis2);
1534 char2b->byte1 = sjis1;
1535 char2b->byte2 = sjis2;
1536 }
1537 }
1538
1539 if (two_byte_p)
1540 *two_byte_p = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0;
1541
1542 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
1543 }
1544
1545
1546 \f
1547 /***********************************************************************
1548 Glyph display
1549 ***********************************************************************/
1550
1551
1552 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1553 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1554 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
1555 int));
1556 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1557 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1558 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1559 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1560 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1561 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1562 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1563 /*static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap,
1564 unsigned long *, double, int));*/
1565 static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
1566 double, int, unsigned long));
1567 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1568 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1569 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1570 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
1571 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap));
1572 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
1573 int, int, int));
1574 static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
1575 int, int, int, int, Rect *));
1576 static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
1577 int, int, int, Rect *));
1578
1579 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1580 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
1581 #endif
1582
1583
1584 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1585 face. */
1586
1587 static void
1588 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
1589 struct glyph_string *s;
1590 {
1591 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
1592 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
1593 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
1594 && !s->cmp)
1595 s->gc = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_gc;
1596 else
1597 {
1598 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1599 XGCValues xgcv;
1600 unsigned long mask;
1601
1602 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;
1603 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
1604
1605 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1606 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
1607 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
1608 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
1609 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_foreground_pixel;
1610 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
1611 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
1612
1613 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1614 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
1615 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
1616 {
1617 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
1618 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
1619 }
1620
1621 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
1622 xgcv.font = s->font;
1623 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
1624
1625 if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
1626 XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
1627 mask, &xgcv);
1628 else
1629 FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
1630 = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
1631
1632 s->gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
1633 }
1634 }
1635
1636
1637 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1638
1639 static void
1640 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
1641 struct glyph_string *s;
1642 {
1643 int face_id;
1644 struct face *face;
1645
1646 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1647 face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
1648 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
1649 if (face == NULL)
1650 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);
1651
1652 if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
1653 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
1654 else
1655 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0);
1656 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
1657 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
1658
1659 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1660 if (s->font == s->face->font)
1661 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1662 else
1663 {
1664 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1665 but font FONT. */
1666 XGCValues xgcv;
1667 unsigned long mask;
1668
1669 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
1670 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
1671 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
1672 xgcv.font = s->font;
1673 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
1674
1675 if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
1676 XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
1677 mask, &xgcv);
1678 else
1679 FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
1680 = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
1681
1682 s->gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
1683 }
1684
1685 xassert (s->gc != 0);
1686 }
1687
1688
1689 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1690 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1691 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1692
1693 static INLINE void
1694 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
1695 struct glyph_string *s;
1696 {
1697 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1698 }
1699
1700
1701 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1702 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1703 pattern. */
1704
1705 static INLINE void
1706 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
1707 struct glyph_string *s;
1708 {
1709 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
1710
1711 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
1712 {
1713 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1714 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1715 }
1716 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
1717 {
1718 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
1719 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1720 }
1721 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
1722 {
1723 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
1724 s->stippled_p = 0;
1725 }
1726 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
1727 {
1728 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
1729 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1730 }
1731 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1732 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
1733 {
1734 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1735 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1736 }
1737 else
1738 {
1739 s->gc = s->face->gc;
1740 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
1741 }
1742
1743 /* GC must have been set. */
1744 xassert (s->gc != 0);
1745 }
1746
1747
1748 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1749 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1750
1751 static INLINE void
1752 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
1753 struct glyph_string *s;
1754 {
1755 Rect r;
1756 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
1757 mac_set_clip_rectangle (s->display, s->window, &r);
1758 }
1759
1760
1761 /* RIF:
1762 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1763 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1764
1765 static void
1766 mac_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
1767 struct glyph_string *s;
1768 {
1769 #if 0
1770 /* MAC_TODO: XTextExtents16 does nothing yet... */
1771
1772 if (s->cmp == NULL
1773 && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
1774 {
1775 XCharStruct cs;
1776 int direction, font_ascent, font_descent;
1777 XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction,
1778 &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs);
1779 s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0;
1780 s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0;
1781 }
1782 #endif
1783 }
1784
1785
1786 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1787
1788 static INLINE void
1789 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
1790 struct glyph_string *s;
1791 int x, y, w, h;
1792 {
1793 XGCValues xgcv;
1794
1795 xgcv.foreground = s->gc->background;
1796 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv, x, y, w, h);
1797 }
1798
1799
1800 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1801 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1802 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1803 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1804 contains the first component of a composition. */
1805
1806 static void
1807 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
1808 struct glyph_string *s;
1809 int force_p;
1810 {
1811 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1812 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1813 if (!s->background_filled_p)
1814 {
1815 int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
1816
1817 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
1818 if (s->stippled_p)
1819 {
1820 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1821 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
1822 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
1823 s->y + box_line_width,
1824 s->background_width,
1825 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
1826 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
1827 s->background_filled_p = 1;
1828 }
1829 else
1830 #endif
1831 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
1832 || s->font_not_found_p
1833 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1834 || force_p)
1835 {
1836 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
1837 s->background_width,
1838 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
1839 s->background_filled_p = 1;
1840 }
1841 }
1842 }
1843
1844
1845 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1846
1847 static void
1848 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
1849 struct glyph_string *s;
1850 {
1851 int i, x;
1852
1853 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1854 of S to the right of that box line. */
1855 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1856 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
1857 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
1858 else
1859 x = s->x;
1860
1861 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1862 loaded. */
1863 if (s->font_not_found_p)
1864 {
1865 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
1866 {
1867 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
1868 mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window,
1869 s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
1870 s->height - 1);
1871 x += g->pixel_width;
1872 }
1873 }
1874 else
1875 {
1876 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
1877 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
1878
1879 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
1880 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
1881
1882 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1883 if (!s->two_byte_p)
1884 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
1885 char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2;
1886
1887 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1888 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1889 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1890 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1891 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1892 if (s->for_overlaps_p
1893 || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
1894 {
1895 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1896 if (s->two_byte_p)
1897 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1898 s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
1899 else
1900 XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1901 s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars);
1902 }
1903 else
1904 {
1905 if (s->two_byte_p)
1906 XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1907 s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
1908 else
1909 XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x,
1910 s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars);
1911 }
1912 }
1913 }
1914
1915 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1916
1917 static void
1918 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
1919 struct glyph_string *s;
1920 {
1921 int i, x;
1922
1923 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1924 of S to the right of that box line. */
1925 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1926 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
1927 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
1928 else
1929 x = s->x;
1930
1931 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1932 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1933 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1934 this composition. */
1935
1936 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1937 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1938 if (s->font_not_found_p)
1939 {
1940 if (s->gidx == 0)
1941 mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y,
1942 s->width - 1, s->height - 1);
1943 }
1944 else
1945 {
1946 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
1947 XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
1948 x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
1949 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
1950 s->char2b + i, 1);
1951 }
1952 }
1953
1954
1955 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1956
1957 static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget));
1958
1959
1960 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1961 cannot be determined. */
1962
1963 static struct frame *
1964 x_frame_of_widget (widget)
1965 Widget widget;
1966 {
1967 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
1968 Lisp_Object tail;
1969 struct frame *f;
1970
1971 dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget));
1972
1973 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1974 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1975 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1976 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1977 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget))
1978 widget = XtParent (widget);
1979
1980 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1981 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1982 for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
1983 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail))
1984 && (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)),
1985 (f->output_data.nothing != 1
1986 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo))
1987 && f->output_data.x->widget == widget)
1988 return f;
1989
1990 abort ();
1991 }
1992
1993
1994 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1995 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1996 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1997 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1998
1999 int
2000 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color)
2001 Widget widget;
2002 Colormap cmap;
2003 XColor *color;
2004 {
2005 struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget);
2006 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color);
2007 }
2008
2009
2010 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2011
2012 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */
2013
2014 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap
2015 CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color
2016 available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the
2017 color allocated. */
2018
2019 int
2020 x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color)
2021 struct frame *f;
2022 Colormap cmap;
2023 XColor *color;
2024 {
2025 Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
2026 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (f);
2027 int rc;
2028
2029 gamma_correct (f, color);
2030 rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
2031 if (rc == 0)
2032 {
2033 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2034 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2035 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2036 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2037 int nearest, i;
2038 unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0;
2039 int ncells = XDisplayCells (display, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen));
2040 XColor *cells = (XColor *) alloca (ncells * sizeof *cells);
2041
2042 for (i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
2043 cells[i].pixel = i;
2044 XQueryColors (display, cmap, cells, ncells);
2045
2046 for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
2047 {
2048 long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8);
2049 long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8);
2050 long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8);
2051 unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue;
2052
2053 if (delta < nearest_delta)
2054 {
2055 nearest = i;
2056 nearest_delta = delta;
2057 }
2058 }
2059
2060 color->red = cells[nearest].red;
2061 color->green = cells[nearest].green;
2062 color->blue = cells[nearest].blue;
2063 rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
2064 }
2065
2066 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2067 if (rc)
2068 register_color (color->pixel);
2069 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2070
2071 return rc;
2072 }
2073
2074
2075 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2076 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2077 get color reference counts right. */
2078
2079 unsigned long
2080 x_copy_color (f, pixel)
2081 struct frame *f;
2082 unsigned long pixel;
2083 {
2084 XColor color;
2085
2086 color.pixel = pixel;
2087 BLOCK_INPUT;
2088 XQueryColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color);
2089 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color);
2090 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
2091 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2092 register_color (pixel);
2093 #endif
2094 return color.pixel;
2095 }
2096
2097
2098 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2099 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2100 get color reference counts right. */
2101
2102 unsigned long
2103 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel)
2104 Display *dpy;
2105 Colormap cmap;
2106 unsigned long pixel;
2107 {
2108 XColor color;
2109
2110 color.pixel = pixel;
2111 BLOCK_INPUT;
2112 XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color);
2113 XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color);
2114 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
2115 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2116 register_color (pixel);
2117 #endif
2118 return color.pixel;
2119 }
2120
2121 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
2122
2123 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
2124 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2125 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
2126 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
2127 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2128 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2129
2130 static int
2131 mac_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
2132 struct frame *f;
2133 unsigned long *color;
2134 double factor;
2135 int delta;
2136 {
2137 unsigned long new;
2138
2139 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2140 xassert (factor >= 0);
2141 new = RGB_TO_ULONG (min (0xff, (int) (factor * RED_FROM_ULONG (*color))),
2142 min (0xff, (int) (factor * GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color))),
2143 min (0xff, (int) (factor * BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color))));
2144 if (new == *color)
2145 new = RGB_TO_ULONG (max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + RED_FROM_ULONG (*color)))),
2146 max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color)))),
2147 max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color)))));
2148
2149 /* MAC_TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
2150 /* MAC_TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
2151
2152 if (new == *color)
2153 return 0;
2154
2155 *color = new;
2156
2157 return 1;
2158 }
2159
2160
2161 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2162 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2163 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2164 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2165 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2166 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2167
2168 static void
2169 x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
2170 struct frame *f;
2171 struct relief *relief;
2172 double factor;
2173 int delta;
2174 unsigned long default_pixel;
2175 {
2176 XGCValues xgcv;
2177 struct mac_output *di = f->output_data.mac;
2178 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
2179 unsigned long pixel;
2180 unsigned long background = di->relief_background;
2181 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
2182
2183 /* MAC_TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
2184
2185 /* Allocate new color. */
2186 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
2187 pixel = background;
2188 if (mac_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
2189 {
2190 relief->allocated_p = 1;
2191 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
2192 }
2193
2194 if (relief->gc == 0)
2195 {
2196 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
2197 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
2198 mask |= GCStipple;
2199 #endif
2200 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
2201 }
2202 else
2203 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
2204 }
2205
2206
2207 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2208
2209 static void
2210 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
2211 struct glyph_string *s;
2212 {
2213 struct mac_output *di = s->f->output_data.mac;
2214 unsigned long color;
2215
2216 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
2217 color = s->face->box_color;
2218 else
2219 {
2220 XGCValues xgcv;
2221
2222 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2223 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv);
2224 color = xgcv.background;
2225 }
2226
2227 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
2228 || color != di->relief_background)
2229 {
2230 di->relief_background = color;
2231 x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
2232 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
2233 x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
2234 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
2235 }
2236 }
2237
2238
2239 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2240 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2241 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2242 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2243 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2244 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2245 when drawing. */
2246
2247 static void
2248 x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
2249 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
2250 struct frame *f;
2251 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
2252 Rect *clip_rect;
2253 {
2254 int i;
2255 GC gc;
2256
2257 if (raised_p)
2258 gc = f->output_data.mac->white_relief.gc;
2259 else
2260 gc = f->output_data.mac->black_relief.gc;
2261 mac_set_clip_rectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), clip_rect);
2262
2263 /* Top. */
2264 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2265 XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc,
2266 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
2267 right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i);
2268
2269 /* Left. */
2270 if (left_p)
2271 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2272 XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc,
2273 left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i);
2274
2275 mac_reset_clipping (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
2276 if (raised_p)
2277 gc = f->output_data.mac->black_relief.gc;
2278 else
2279 gc = f->output_data.mac->white_relief.gc;
2280 mac_set_clip_rectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
2281 clip_rect);
2282
2283 /* Bottom. */
2284 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2285 XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc,
2286 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
2287 right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i);
2288
2289 /* Right. */
2290 if (right_p)
2291 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
2292 XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc,
2293 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i);
2294
2295 mac_reset_clipping (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
2296 }
2297
2298
2299 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2300 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2301 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2302 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2303 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2304 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2305
2306 static void
2307 x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
2308 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
2309 struct glyph_string *s;
2310 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p;
2311 Rect *clip_rect;
2312 {
2313 XGCValues xgcv;
2314
2315 xgcv.foreground = s->face->box_color;
2316 mac_set_clip_rectangle (s->display, s->window, clip_rect);
2317
2318 /* Top. */
2319 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv,
2320 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x, width);
2321
2322 /* Left. */
2323 if (left_p)
2324 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv,
2325 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y);
2326
2327 /* Bottom. */
2328 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv,
2329 left_x, bottom_y - width, right_x - left_x, width);
2330
2331 /* Right. */
2332 if (right_p)
2333 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv,
2334 right_x - width, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y);
2335
2336 mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window);
2337 }
2338
2339
2340 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2341
2342 static void
2343 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
2344 struct glyph_string *s;
2345 {
2346 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
2347 int left_p, right_p;
2348 struct glyph *last_glyph;
2349 Rect clip_rect;
2350
2351 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
2352 if (s->row->full_width_p
2353 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
2354 {
2355 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->f);
2356 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
2357 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
2358 }
2359
2360 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2361 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
2362 ? s->first_glyph
2363 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
2364
2365 width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2366 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
2367 left_x = s->x;
2368 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2369 ? last_x - 1
2370 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
2371 top_y = s->y;
2372 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
2373
2374 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
2375 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2376 && (s->prev == NULL
2377 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
2378 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
2379 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2380 && (s->next == NULL
2381 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
2382
2383 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
2384
2385 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
2386 x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
2387 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
2388 else
2389 {
2390 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
2391 x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
2392 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
2393 }
2394 }
2395
2396
2397 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2398
2399 static void
2400 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
2401 struct glyph_string *s;
2402 {
2403 int x;
2404 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
2405
2406 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2407 right of that line. */
2408 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2409 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
2410 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2411 else
2412 x = s->x;
2413
2414 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2415 by that margin. */
2416 x += s->img->hmargin;
2417 y += s->img->vmargin;
2418
2419 if (s->img->pixmap)
2420 {
2421 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: image mask */
2422 if (s->img->mask)
2423 {
2424 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2425 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2426 trust on the shape extension to be available
2427 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2428 manually. */
2429 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
2430 | GCFunction);
2431 XGCValues xgcv;
2432 XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;
2433
2434 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
2435 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
2436 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
2437 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
2438 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
2439
2440 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
2441 image_rect.x = x;
2442 image_rect.y = y;
2443 image_rect.width = s->img->width;
2444 image_rect.height = s->img->height;
2445 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r))
2446 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
2447 r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
2448 }
2449 else
2450 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
2451 {
2452 mac_copy_area (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
2453 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
2454
2455 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2456 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2457 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2458 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2459 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2460 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2461 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2462 {
2463 int r = s->img->relief;
2464 if (r < 0) r = -r;
2465 mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x - r, y - r,
2466 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
2467 }
2468 }
2469 }
2470 else
2471 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2472 mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y,
2473 s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
2474 }
2475
2476
2477
2478 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2479
2480 static void
2481 x_draw_image_relief (s)
2482 struct glyph_string *s;
2483 {
2484 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
2485 Rect r;
2486 int x;
2487 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
2488
2489 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2490 right of that line. */
2491 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2492 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
2493 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2494 else
2495 x = s->x;
2496
2497 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2498 by that margin. */
2499 x += s->img->hmargin;
2500 y += s->img->vmargin;
2501
2502 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2503 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
2504 {
2505 thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
2506 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
2507 }
2508 else
2509 {
2510 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
2511 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
2512 }
2513
2514 x0 = x - thick;
2515 y0 = y - thick;
2516 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
2517 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
2518
2519 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
2520 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
2521 x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
2522 }
2523
2524
2525 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2526
2527 static void
2528 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
2529 struct glyph_string *s;
2530 Pixmap pixmap;
2531 {
2532 int x;
2533 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
2534
2535 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2536 right of that line. */
2537 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2538 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
2539 x = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2540 else
2541 x = 0;
2542
2543 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2544 by that margin. */
2545 x += s->img->hmargin;
2546 y += s->img->vmargin;
2547
2548 if (s->img->pixmap)
2549 {
2550 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: image mask */
2551 if (s->img->mask)
2552 {
2553 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2554 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2555 trust on the shape extension to be available
2556 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2557 manually. */
2558 unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
2559 | GCFunction);
2560 XGCValues xgcv;
2561
2562 xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
2563 xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
2564 xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
2565 xgcv.function = GXcopy;
2566 XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
2567
2568 XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
2569 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
2570 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
2571 }
2572 else
2573 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
2574 {
2575 mac_copy_area_to_pixmap (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
2576 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
2577
2578 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2579 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2580 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2581 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2582 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2583 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2584 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
2585 {
2586 int r = s->img->relief;
2587 if (r < 0) r = -r;
2588 mac_draw_rectangle_to_pixmap (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x - r, y - r,
2589 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
2590 }
2591 }
2592 }
2593 else
2594 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2595 mac_draw_rectangle_to_pixmap (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y,
2596 s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
2597 }
2598
2599
2600 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2601 give the rectangle to draw. */
2602
2603 static void
2604 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
2605 struct glyph_string *s;
2606 int x, y, w, h;
2607 {
2608 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
2609 if (s->stippled_p)
2610 {
2611 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2612 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2613 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
2614 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
2615 }
2616 else
2617 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
2618 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
2619 }
2620
2621
2622 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2623
2624 s->y
2625 s->x +-------------------------
2626 | s->face->box
2627 |
2628 | +-------------------------
2629 | | s->img->vmargin
2630 | |
2631 | | +-------------------
2632 | | | the image
2633
2634 */
2635
2636 static void
2637 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
2638 struct glyph_string *s;
2639 {
2640 int x, y;
2641 int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
2642 int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
2643 int height;
2644 Pixmap pixmap = 0;
2645
2646 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth;
2647
2648 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2649 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2650 flickering. */
2651 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2652 if (height > s->img->height
2653 || s->img->hmargin
2654 || s->img->vmargin
2655 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
2656 || s->img->mask
2657 #endif
2658 || s->img->pixmap == 0
2659 || s->width != s->background_width)
2660 {
2661 if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
2662 x = s->x + box_line_hwidth;
2663 else
2664 x = s->x;
2665
2666 y = s->y + box_line_vwidth;
2667 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
2668 if (s->img->mask)
2669 {
2670 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2671 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2672 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2673 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
2674 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
2675
2676 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2677 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
2678 s->background_width,
2679 s->height, depth);
2680
2681 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2682 pixmap. */
2683 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
2684
2685 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2686 if (s->stippled_p)
2687 {
2688 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2689 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2690 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
2691 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
2692 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
2693 }
2694 else
2695 {
2696 XGCValues xgcv;
2697 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
2698 &xgcv);
2699 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
2700 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
2701 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
2702 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2703 }
2704 }
2705 else
2706 #endif
2707 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
2708
2709 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2710 }
2711
2712 /* Draw the foreground. */
2713 if (pixmap != 0)
2714 {
2715 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
2716 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2717 mac_copy_area (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
2718 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y);
2719 mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window);
2720 XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap);
2721 }
2722 else
2723 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
2724
2725 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2726 if (s->img->relief
2727 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2728 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
2729 x_draw_image_relief (s);
2730 }
2731
2732
2733 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2734
2735 static void
2736 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
2737 struct glyph_string *s;
2738 {
2739 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
2740 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
2741
2742 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
2743 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
2744 {
2745 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2746 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2747 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
2748
2749 /* Draw cursor. */
2750 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
2751
2752 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2753 if (width < s->background_width)
2754 {
2755 GC gc = s->face->gc;
2756 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
2757 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
2758 Rect r;
2759
2760 if (s->row->mouse_face_p
2761 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
2762 {
2763 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
2764 gc = s->gc;
2765 }
2766 else
2767 gc = s->face->gc;
2768
2769 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
2770 mac_set_clip_rectangle (s->display, s->window, &r);
2771
2772 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
2773 if (s->face->stipple)
2774 {
2775 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2776 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
2777 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
2778 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
2779 }
2780 else
2781 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
2782 {
2783 XGCValues xgcv;
2784 XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
2785 XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background);
2786 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
2787 XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground);
2788 }
2789
2790 mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window);
2791 }
2792 }
2793 else if (!s->background_filled_p)
2794 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
2795 s->height);
2796
2797 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2798 }
2799
2800
2801 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2802
2803 static void
2804 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
2805 struct glyph_string *s;
2806 {
2807 int relief_drawn_p = 0;
2808
2809 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2810 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2811 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2812 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
2813 {
2814 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
2815 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
2816 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
2817 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
2818
2819 }
2820
2821 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2822 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
2823
2824 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2825 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2826 if (!s->for_overlaps_p
2827 && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2828 && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
2829 || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))
2830
2831 {
2832 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2833 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
2834 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
2835 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2836 relief_drawn_p = 1;
2837 }
2838 else
2839 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
2840
2841 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
2842 {
2843 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
2844 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
2845 break;
2846
2847 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
2848 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
2849 break;
2850
2851 case CHAR_GLYPH:
2852 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
2853 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2854 else
2855 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
2856 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
2857 break;
2858
2859 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
2860 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
2861 s->background_filled_p = 1;
2862 else
2863 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
2864 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
2865 break;
2866
2867 default:
2868 abort ();
2869 }
2870
2871 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
2872 {
2873 /* Draw underline. */
2874 if (s->face->underline_p)
2875 {
2876 unsigned long h = 1;
2877 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
2878
2879 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
2880 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2881 s->width, h);
2882 else
2883 {
2884 XGCValues xgcv;
2885 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2886 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color);
2887 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2888 s->width, h);
2889 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2890 }
2891 }
2892
2893 /* Draw overline. */
2894 if (s->face->overline_p)
2895 {
2896 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
2897
2898 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
2899 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2900 s->width, h);
2901 else
2902 {
2903 XGCValues xgcv;
2904 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2905 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color);
2906 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2907 s->width, h);
2908 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2909 }
2910 }
2911
2912 /* Draw strike-through. */
2913 if (s->face->strike_through_p)
2914 {
2915 unsigned long h = 1;
2916 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
2917
2918 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
2919 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2920 s->width, h);
2921 else
2922 {
2923 XGCValues xgcv;
2924 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
2925 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color);
2926 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
2927 s->width, h);
2928 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
2929 }
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Draw relief. */
2933 if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2934 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
2935 }
2936
2937 /* Reset clipping. */
2938 mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window);
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2942
2943 void
2944 mac_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f, x, y, width, height, shift_by)
2945 struct frame *f;
2946 int x, y, width, height, shift_by;
2947 {
2948 mac_scroll_area (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
2949 f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
2950 x, y, width, height,
2951 x + shift_by, y);
2952 }
2953
2954
2955 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2956 for X frames. */
2957
2958 static void
2959 x_delete_glyphs (n)
2960 register int n;
2961 {
2962 abort ();
2963 }
2964
2965
2966 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2967 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2968
2969 static void
2970 x_clear_frame ()
2971 {
2972 struct frame *f;
2973
2974 if (updating_frame)
2975 f = updating_frame;
2976 else
2977 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
2978
2979 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2980 longer visible. */
2981 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
2982 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
2983 output_cursor.x = -1;
2984
2985 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2986 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2987 BLOCK_INPUT;
2988 XClearWindow (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
2989
2990 #if 0 /* Clearing frame on Mac OS clears scroll bars. */
2991 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2992 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2993 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
2994 #endif
2995
2996 XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
2997 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
2998 }
2999
3000
3001 \f
3002 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3003
3004 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
3005 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
3006
3007 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3008
3009 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
3010 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3011
3012 static int
3013 timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
3014 struct timeval *result, x, y;
3015 {
3016 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3017 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3018 if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
3019 {
3020 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
3021 y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
3022 y.tv_sec += nsec;
3023 }
3024
3025 if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
3026 {
3027 int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
3028 y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec;
3029 y.tv_sec -= nsec;
3030 }
3031
3032 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3033 positive. */
3034 result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
3035 result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;
3036
3037 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3038 negative. */
3039 return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
3040 }
3041
3042 void
3043 XTflash (f)
3044 struct frame *f;
3045 {
3046 BLOCK_INPUT;
3047
3048 FlashMenuBar (0);
3049
3050 {
3051 struct timeval wakeup;
3052
3053 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);
3054
3055 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3056 wakeup.tv_usec += 150000;
3057 wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000);
3058 wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000;
3059
3060 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */
3061 while (1)
3062 {
3063 struct timeval timeout;
3064
3065 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout);
3066
3067 /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout.
3068 Break if result would be negative. */
3069 if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout))
3070 break;
3071
3072 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3073 select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
3074 }
3075 }
3076
3077 FlashMenuBar (0);
3078
3079 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3080 }
3081
3082 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3083
3084
3085 /* Make audible bell. */
3086
3087 void
3088 XTring_bell ()
3089 {
3090 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
3091
3092 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3093 if (visible_bell)
3094 XTflash (f);
3095 else
3096 #endif
3097 {
3098 BLOCK_INPUT;
3099 SysBeep (1);
3100 XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
3101 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3102 }
3103 }
3104
3105
3106 \f
3107 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3108 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3109 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3110 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3111
3112 void
3113 XTset_terminal_window (n)
3114 register int n;
3115 {
3116 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3117 }
3118
3119
3120 \f
3121 /***********************************************************************
3122 Line Dance
3123 ***********************************************************************/
3124
3125 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3126 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3127
3128 static void
3129 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
3130 int vpos, n;
3131 {
3132 abort ();
3133 }
3134
3135
3136 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3137
3138 static void
3139 x_scroll_run (w, run)
3140 struct window *w;
3141 struct run *run;
3142 {
3143 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
3144 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
3145
3146 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3147 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3148 fringes of W. */
3149 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
3150 width += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
3151 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
3152
3153 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
3154 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
3155 bottom_y = y + height;
3156
3157 if (to_y < from_y)
3158 {
3159 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3160 line at the bottom. */
3161 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
3162 height = bottom_y - from_y;
3163 else
3164 height = run->height;
3165 }
3166 else
3167 {
3168 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3169 at the bottom. */
3170 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
3171 height = bottom_y - to_y;
3172 else
3173 height = run->height;
3174 }
3175
3176 BLOCK_INPUT;
3177
3178 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3179 updated_window = w;
3180 x_clear_cursor (w);
3181
3182 mac_scroll_area (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
3183 f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
3184 x, from_y,
3185 width, height,
3186 x, to_y);
3187
3188 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3189 }
3190
3191
3192 \f
3193 /***********************************************************************
3194 Exposure Events
3195 ***********************************************************************/
3196
3197 \f
3198 static void
3199 frame_highlight (f)
3200 struct frame *f;
3201 {
3202 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
3203 }
3204
3205 static void
3206 frame_unhighlight (f)
3207 struct frame *f;
3208 {
3209 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
3210 }
3211
3212 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3213 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3214 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3215 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3216 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3217
3218 static void
3219 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
3220 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3221 struct frame *frame;
3222 {
3223 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
3224
3225 if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
3226 {
3227 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3228 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3229 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame;
3230
3231 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
3232 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
3233
3234 #if 0
3235 selected_frame = frame;
3236 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame,
3237 selected_frame);
3238 Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window);
3239 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3240 #endif /* ! 0 */
3241
3242 if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise)
3243 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
3244 else
3245 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
3246 }
3247
3248 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
3249 }
3250
3251 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3252
3253 void
3254 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
3255 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3256 {
3257 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame);
3258 }
3259
3260 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3261 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3262 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3263
3264 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3265 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3266 the appropriate X display info. */
3267
3268 static void
3269 XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
3270 struct frame *frame;
3271 {
3272
3273
3274 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
3275 }
3276
3277 static void
3278 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
3279 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3280 {
3281 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame;
3282
3283 if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
3284 {
3285 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame
3286 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)))
3287 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))
3288 : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame);
3289 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame))
3290 {
3291 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil;
3292 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
3293 }
3294 }
3295 else
3296 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
3297
3298 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
3299 {
3300 if (old_highlight)
3301 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
3302 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
3303 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
3304 }
3305 }
3306
3307
3308 \f
3309 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3310
3311 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */
3312 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3313 static void
3314 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
3315 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3316 {
3317 int min_code, max_code;
3318 KeySym *syms;
3319 int syms_per_code;
3320 XModifierKeymap *mods;
3321
3322 dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0;
3323 dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0;
3324 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
3325 dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0;
3326 dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0;
3327
3328 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
3329 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code);
3330 #else
3331 min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode;
3332 max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode;
3333 #endif
3334
3335 syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display,
3336 min_code, max_code - min_code + 1,
3337 &syms_per_code);
3338 mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display);
3339
3340 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3341 Alt keysyms are on. */
3342 {
3343 int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3344
3345 for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
3346 for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
3347 {
3348 KeyCode code
3349 = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col];
3350
3351 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3352 if (code == 0)
3353 continue;
3354
3355 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3356 {
3357 int code_col;
3358
3359 for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++)
3360 {
3361 int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col];
3362
3363 switch (sym)
3364 {
3365 case XK_Meta_L:
3366 case XK_Meta_R:
3367 dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3368 break;
3369
3370 case XK_Alt_L:
3371 case XK_Alt_R:
3372 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3373 break;
3374
3375 case XK_Hyper_L:
3376 case XK_Hyper_R:
3377 dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3378 break;
3379
3380 case XK_Super_L:
3381 case XK_Super_R:
3382 dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
3383 break;
3384
3385 case XK_Shift_Lock:
3386 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3387 if ((1 << row) == LockMask)
3388 dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask;
3389 break;
3390 }
3391 }
3392 }
3393 }
3394 }
3395
3396 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3397 if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
3398 {
3399 dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask;
3400 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
3401 }
3402
3403 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3404 make them just meta, not alt. */
3405 if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
3406 {
3407 dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask;
3408 }
3409
3410 XFree ((char *) syms);
3411 XFreeModifiermap (mods);
3412 }
3413
3414 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
3415
3416 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3417 Emacs uses. */
3418
3419 static unsigned int
3420 x_mac_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
3421 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3422 unsigned short state;
3423 {
3424 return (((state & shiftKey) ? shift_modifier : 0)
3425 | ((state & controlKey) ? ctrl_modifier : 0)
3426 | ((state & cmdKey) ? meta_modifier : 0)
3427 | ((state & optionKey) ? alt_modifier : 0));
3428 }
3429
3430 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */
3431 static unsigned short
3432 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
3433 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
3434 unsigned int state;
3435 {
3436 return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0)
3437 | ((state & super_modifier) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0)
3438 | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0)
3439 | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0)
3440 | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0)
3441 | ((state & meta_modifier) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0));
3442 }
3443 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
3444
3445 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3446
3447 char *
3448 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
3449 int keysym;
3450 {
3451 char *value;
3452
3453 BLOCK_INPUT;
3454 #if 0
3455 value = XKeysymToString (keysym);
3456 #else
3457 value = 0;
3458 #endif
3459 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3460
3461 return value;
3462 }
3463
3464
3465 \f
3466 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3467
3468 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3469
3470 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3471 the mouse. */
3472
3473 static Lisp_Object
3474 construct_mouse_click (result, event, f)
3475 struct input_event *result;
3476 EventRecord *event;
3477 struct frame *f;
3478 {
3479 Point mouseLoc;
3480
3481 result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT;
3482 result->code = 0; /* only one mouse button */
3483 result->timestamp = event->when;
3484 result->modifiers = event->what == mouseDown ? down_modifier : up_modifier;
3485
3486 mouseLoc = event->where;
3487
3488 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
3489 SetPort (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)));
3490 #else
3491 SetPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
3492 #endif
3493
3494 GlobalToLocal (&mouseLoc);
3495 XSETINT (result->x, mouseLoc.h);
3496 XSETINT (result->y, mouseLoc.v);
3497
3498 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
3499
3500 result->arg = Qnil;
3501 return Qnil;
3502 }
3503
3504 \f
3505 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3506 The input handler calls this.
3507
3508 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3509 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3510 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3511 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3512
3513 static Point last_mouse_motion_position;
3514 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
3515
3516 static void
3517 note_mouse_movement (frame, pos)
3518 FRAME_PTR frame;
3519 Point *pos;
3520 {
3521 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
3522 Rect r;
3523 #endif
3524
3525 last_mouse_movement_time = TickCount () * (1000 / 60); /* to milliseconds */
3526 last_mouse_motion_position = *pos;
3527 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
3528
3529 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
3530 if (!PtInRect (*pos, GetWindowPortBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (frame), &r)))
3531 #else
3532 if (!PtInRect (*pos, &FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (frame)->portRect))
3533 #endif
3534 {
3535 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
3536 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3537 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
3538 }
3539 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3540 else if (pos->h < last_mouse_glyph.left
3541 || pos->h >= last_mouse_glyph.right
3542 || pos->v < last_mouse_glyph.top
3543 || pos->v >= last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
3544 {
3545 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
3546 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3547 note_mouse_highlight (frame, pos->h, pos->v);
3548 }
3549 }
3550
3551 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
3552
3553 int disable_mouse_highlight;
3554
3555
3556 \f
3557 /************************************************************************
3558 Mouse Face
3559 ************************************************************************/
3560
3561 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
3562 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
3563 static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *));
3564 static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *));
3565 static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, Rect *));
3566
3567
3568 /* MAC TODO: This should be called from somewhere (or removed) ++KFS */
3569
3570 static void
3571 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3572 {
3573 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
3574 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
3575 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
3576 last_mouse_motion_position.h,
3577 last_mouse_motion_position.v);
3578 }
3579
3580
3581 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3582 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3583 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3584 values. */
3585
3586 static int
3587 glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect)
3588 struct frame *f;
3589 int x, y;
3590 Rect *rect;
3591 {
3592 Lisp_Object window;
3593
3594 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0);
3595 if (!NILP (window))
3596 {
3597 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
3598 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
3599 struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1;
3600
3601 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
3602
3603 for (; r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r)
3604 if (r->y <= y && r->y + r->height > y)
3605 {
3606 /* Found the row at y. */
3607 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
3608 struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
3609 int gx;
3610
3611 rect->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
3612 rect->bottom = rect->top + r->height;
3613
3614 if (x < r->x)
3615 {
3616 /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */
3617 rect->left = XINT (w->left);
3618 rect->right = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
3619 return 1;
3620 }
3621
3622 for (gx = r->x; g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
3623 if (gx <= x && gx + g->pixel_width > x)
3624 {
3625 /* x is on a glyph. */
3626 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
3627 rect->right = rect->left + g->pixel_width;
3628 return 1;
3629 }
3630
3631 /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */
3632 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
3633 rect->right = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width);
3634 return 1;
3635 }
3636 }
3637
3638 /* The y is not on any row. */
3639 return 0;
3640 }
3641
3642 /* MAC TODO: This should be called from somewhere (or removed) ++KFS */
3643
3644 /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */
3645 static void
3646 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, gx, gy)
3647 struct frame * f1;
3648 int gx, gy;
3649 {
3650 if (!glyph_rect (f1, gx, gy, &last_mouse_glyph))
3651 {
3652 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
3653 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
3654
3655 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
3656 round down even for negative values. */
3657 if (gx < 0)
3658 gx -= width - 1;
3659 if (gy < 0)
3660 gy -= height - 1;
3661 #if 0
3662 /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems
3663 to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one
3664 the mouse is over. */
3665 gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width;
3666 gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height;
3667 #else
3668 gx = gx / width * width;
3669 gy = gy / height * height;
3670 #endif
3671
3672 last_mouse_glyph.left = gx;
3673 last_mouse_glyph.top = gy;
3674 last_mouse_glyph.right = gx + width;
3675 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = gy + height;
3676 }
3677 }
3678
3679
3680 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3681 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3682
3683 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
3684 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3685 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3686 position on the scroll bar.
3687
3688 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
3689 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
3690 the mouse is over.
3691
3692 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3693 was at this position.
3694
3695 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3696
3697 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3698 movement. */
3699
3700 static void
3701 XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
3702 FRAME_PTR *fp;
3703 int insist;
3704 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
3705 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
3706 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
3707 unsigned long *time;
3708 {
3709 Point mouse_pos;
3710 int ignore1, ignore2;
3711 WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow ();
3712 struct frame *f;
3713 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
3714
3715 if (is_emacs_window(wp))
3716 f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP;
3717
3718 BLOCK_INPUT;
3719
3720 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
3721 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
3722 else
3723 {
3724 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3725 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
3726 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
3727
3728 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3729
3730 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
3731 SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp));
3732 #else
3733 SetPort (wp);
3734 #endif
3735
3736 GetMouse (&mouse_pos);
3737
3738 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, mouse_pos.h, mouse_pos.v, &ignore1, &ignore2,
3739 &last_mouse_glyph, insist);
3740
3741 *bar_window = Qnil;
3742 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
3743 *fp = f;
3744 XSETINT (*x, mouse_pos.h);
3745 XSETINT (*y, mouse_pos.v);
3746 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
3747 }
3748
3749 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3750 }
3751
3752 \f
3753 /***********************************************************************
3754 Tool-bars
3755 ***********************************************************************/
3756
3757 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
3758 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
3759 or ButtonRelase. */
3760
3761 static void
3762 mac_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
3763 struct frame *f;
3764 EventRecord *button_event;
3765 {
3766 int x = button_event->where.h;
3767 int y = button_event->where.v;
3768
3769 if (button_event->what == mouseDown)
3770 handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 1, 0);
3771 else
3772 handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 0,
3773 x_mac_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
3774 button_event->modifiers));
3775 }
3776
3777 \f
3778 /************************************************************************
3779 Scroll bars, general
3780 ************************************************************************/
3781
3782 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
3783 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
3784 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
3785 scroll bar. */
3786
3787 static struct scroll_bar *
3788 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height, disp_top, disp_height)
3789 struct window *w;
3790 int top, left, width, height, disp_top, disp_height;
3791 {
3792 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
3793 struct scroll_bar *bar
3794 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
3795 Rect r;
3796 ControlHandle ch;
3797
3798 BLOCK_INPUT;
3799
3800 r.left = left;
3801 r.top = disp_top;
3802 r.right = left + width;
3803 r.bottom = disp_top + disp_height;
3804
3805 #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
3806 ch = NewControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r, "\p", 1, 0, 0, 0,
3807 kControlScrollBarProc, 0L);
3808 #else
3809 ch = NewControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r, "\p", 1, 0, 0, 0, scrollBarProc,
3810 0L);
3811 #endif
3812 SET_SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar, ch);
3813 SetControlReference (ch, (long) bar);
3814
3815 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
3816 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
3817 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
3818 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
3819 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
3820 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
3821 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
3822 bar->dragging = Qnil;
3823
3824 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
3825 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
3826 bar->prev = Qnil;
3827 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
3828 if (!NILP (bar->next))
3829 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
3830
3831 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3832 return bar;
3833 }
3834
3835
3836 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
3837
3838 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
3839 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
3840 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
3841 events.)
3842
3843 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
3844 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
3845 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
3846 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
3847 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
3848
3849 static void
3850 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
3851 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3852 int start, end;
3853 int rebuild;
3854 {
3855 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
3856 ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);
3857 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
3858 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
3859 int length = end - start;
3860
3861 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
3862 if (! rebuild
3863 && start == XINT (bar->start)
3864 && end == XINT (bar->end))
3865 return;
3866
3867 BLOCK_INPUT;
3868
3869 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve the
3870 distance between start and end. */
3871 if (start < 0)
3872 start = 0;
3873 else if (start > top_range)
3874 start = top_range;
3875 end = start + length;
3876
3877 if (end < start)
3878 end = start;
3879 else if (end > top_range && ! dragging)
3880 end = top_range;
3881
3882 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
3883 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
3884 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
3885
3886 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
3887 if (end > top_range)
3888 end = top_range;
3889
3890 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels below
3891 top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least that
3892 many pixels tall. */
3893 end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
3894
3895 SetControlMinimum (ch, 0);
3896 /* Don't inadvertently activate deactivated scroll bars */
3897 if (GetControlMaximum (ch) != -1)
3898 SetControlMaximum (ch, top_range + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
3899 - (end - start));
3900 SetControlValue (ch, start);
3901 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
3902 SetControlViewSize (ch, end - start);
3903 #endif
3904
3905 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3906 }
3907
3908
3909 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
3910 nil. */
3911
3912 static void
3913 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
3914 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3915 {
3916 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
3917
3918 BLOCK_INPUT;
3919
3920 /* Destroy the Mac scroll bar control */
3921 DisposeControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar));
3922
3923 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
3924 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
3925
3926 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3927 }
3928
3929 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
3930 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
3931 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
3932 create one. */
3933 static void
3934 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
3935 struct window *w;
3936 int portion, whole, position;
3937 {
3938 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
3939 struct scroll_bar *bar;
3940 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width, disp_top, disp_height;
3941 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
3942
3943 /* Get window dimensions. */
3944 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
3945 top = window_y;
3946 #ifdef MAC_OSX
3947 width = 16;
3948 #else
3949 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
3950 #endif
3951 height = window_height;
3952
3953 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
3954 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
3955 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
3956 else
3957 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
3958 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
3959 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
3960
3961 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
3962 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
3963 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
3964 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
3965 else
3966 sb_width = width;
3967
3968 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
3969 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
3970 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
3971 else
3972 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
3973
3974 /* Adjustments according to Inside Macintosh to make it look nice */
3975 disp_top = top;
3976 disp_height = height;
3977 if (disp_top == 0)
3978 {
3979 disp_top = -1;
3980 disp_height++;
3981 }
3982 else if (disp_top == PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) - 16)
3983 {
3984 disp_top++;
3985 disp_height--;
3986 }
3987
3988 if (sb_left + sb_width == PIXEL_WIDTH (f))
3989 sb_left++;
3990
3991 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
3992 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
3993 {
3994 BLOCK_INPUT;
3995 XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
3996 left, top, width, height, 0);
3997 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
3998 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height, disp_top,
3999 disp_height);
4000 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
4001 }
4002 else
4003 {
4004 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
4005 ControlHandle ch;
4006
4007 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
4008 ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);
4009
4010 BLOCK_INPUT;
4011
4012 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
4013 if (XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
4014 && XINT (bar->top) == top
4015 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
4016 && XINT (bar->height) == height)
4017 Draw1Control (ch);
4018 else
4019 {
4020 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
4021 wide as the area reserved for it . This makes sure a
4022 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
4023 example. */
4024 int area_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4025 XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
4026 left, top, area_width, height, 0);
4027
4028 #if 0
4029 if (sb_left + sb_width >= PIXEL_WIDTH (f))
4030 XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
4031 sb_left - 1, top, 1, height, 0);
4032 #endif
4033
4034 HideControl (ch);
4035 MoveControl (ch, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, disp_top);
4036 SizeControl (ch, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
4037 disp_height);
4038 ShowControl (ch);
4039
4040 /* Remember new settings. */
4041 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
4042 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
4043 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
4044 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
4045 }
4046
4047 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4048 }
4049
4050 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
4051 dragged. */
4052 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
4053 {
4054 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height);
4055
4056 if (whole == 0)
4057 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
4058 else
4059 {
4060 int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
4061 int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;
4062 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
4063 }
4064 }
4065 }
4066
4067
4068 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
4069 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
4070 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
4071 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
4072 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
4073 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
4074 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
4075
4076 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
4077 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
4078 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
4079
4080 static void
4081 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
4082 FRAME_PTR frame;
4083 {
4084 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
4085 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
4086 {
4087 Lisp_Object bar;
4088 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
4089 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
4090 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
4091 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
4092 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
4093 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
4094 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
4095 }
4096 }
4097
4098
4099 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
4100 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
4101
4102 static void
4103 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
4104 struct window *window;
4105 {
4106 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4107
4108 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
4109 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
4110 abort ();
4111
4112 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
4113
4114 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
4115 {
4116 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
4117
4118 if (NILP (bar->prev))
4119 {
4120 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
4121 the lists. */
4122 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
4123 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
4124 return;
4125 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
4126 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
4127 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
4128 else
4129 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
4130 one or the other! */
4131 abort ();
4132 }
4133 else
4134 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
4135
4136 if (! NILP (bar->next))
4137 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
4138
4139 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
4140 bar->prev = Qnil;
4141 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
4142 if (! NILP (bar->next))
4143 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
4144 }
4145 }
4146
4147 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
4148 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
4149
4150 static void
4151 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
4152 FRAME_PTR f;
4153 {
4154 Lisp_Object bar, next;
4155
4156 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
4157
4158 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
4159 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
4160 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
4161
4162 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
4163 {
4164 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
4165
4166 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
4167
4168 next = b->next;
4169 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
4170 }
4171
4172 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
4173 and they should get garbage-collected. */
4174 }
4175
4176
4177 void
4178 activate_scroll_bars (frame)
4179 FRAME_PTR frame;
4180 {
4181 Lisp_Object bar;
4182 ControlHandle ch;
4183
4184 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
4185 while (! NILP (bar))
4186 {
4187 ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
4188 #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
4189 ActivateControl (ch);
4190 #else
4191 SetControlMaximum (ch,
4192 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (frame,
4193 XINT (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)
4194 ->height)) - 1);
4195 #endif
4196 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
4197 }
4198 }
4199
4200
4201 void
4202 deactivate_scroll_bars (frame)
4203 FRAME_PTR frame;
4204 {
4205 Lisp_Object bar;
4206 ControlHandle ch;
4207
4208 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
4209 while (! NILP (bar))
4210 {
4211 ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
4212 #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
4213 DeactivateControl (ch);
4214 #else
4215 SetControlMaximum (ch, XINT (-1));
4216 #endif
4217 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
4218 }
4219 }
4220
4221 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
4222 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
4223
4224 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
4225 mark bits. */
4226
4227 static void
4228 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, part_code, er, bufp)
4229 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4230 int part_code;
4231 EventRecord *er;
4232 struct input_event *bufp;
4233 {
4234 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
4235 abort ();
4236
4237 bufp->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
4238 bufp->frame_or_window = bar->window;
4239 bufp->arg = Qnil;
4240
4241 bar->dragging = Qnil;
4242
4243 switch (part_code)
4244 {
4245 case kControlUpButtonPart:
4246 bufp->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
4247 break;
4248 case kControlDownButtonPart:
4249 bufp->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
4250 break;
4251 case kControlPageUpPart:
4252 bufp->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
4253 break;
4254 case kControlPageDownPart:
4255 bufp->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
4256 break;
4257 #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
4258 default:
4259 #else
4260 case kControlIndicatorPart:
4261 #endif
4262 if (er->what == mouseDown)
4263 bar->dragging = make_number (0);
4264 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar);
4265 bufp->part = scroll_bar_handle;
4266 break;
4267 }
4268 }
4269
4270
4271 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
4272
4273 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
4274 mark bits. */
4275
4276 static void
4277 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, y_pos, t)
4278 struct scroll_bar *bar;
4279 int y_pos;
4280 Time t;
4281 {
4282 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame);
4283
4284 last_mouse_movement_time = t;
4285
4286 f->mouse_moved = 1;
4287 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar);
4288
4289 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
4290 if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging))
4291 {
4292 /* Where should the handle be now? */
4293 int new_start = y_pos - 24;
4294
4295 if (new_start != XINT (bar->start))
4296 {
4297 int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start));
4298
4299 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0);
4300 }
4301 }
4302 }
4303
4304
4305 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the
4306 mouse on the scroll bar. */
4307
4308 static void
4309 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
4310 FRAME_PTR *fp;
4311 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
4312 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
4313 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
4314 unsigned long *time;
4315 {
4316 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
4317 WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow ();
4318 Point mouse_pos;
4319 struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP;
4320 int win_y, top_range;
4321
4322 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
4323 SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp));
4324 #else
4325 SetPort (wp);
4326 #endif
4327
4328 GetMouse (&mouse_pos);
4329
4330 win_y = mouse_pos.v - XINT (bar->top);
4331 top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
4332
4333 win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;
4334
4335 win_y -= 24;
4336
4337 if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
4338 win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging);
4339
4340 if (win_y < 0)
4341 win_y = 0;
4342 if (win_y > top_range)
4343 win_y = top_range;
4344
4345 *fp = f;
4346 *bar_window = bar->window;
4347
4348 if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
4349 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
4350 else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start))
4351 *part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
4352 else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE)
4353 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
4354 else
4355 *part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
4356
4357 XSETINT (*x, win_y);
4358 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
4359
4360 f->mouse_moved = 0;
4361 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
4362
4363 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
4364 }
4365 \f
4366 /***********************************************************************
4367 Text Cursor
4368 ***********************************************************************/
4369
4370 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
4371 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
4372 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
4373 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
4374
4375 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
4376 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
4377 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
4378
4379 static void
4380 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, whole_line_p)
4381 struct window *w;
4382 struct glyph_row *row;
4383 GC gc;
4384 int whole_line_p;
4385 {
4386 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4387 Rect clip_rect;
4388 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
4389
4390 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
4391
4392 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
4393 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4394 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
4395 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
4396 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
4397
4398 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
4399 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
4400 if (whole_line_p)
4401 {
4402 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
4403 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
4404 }
4405
4406 mac_set_clip_rectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &clip_rect);
4407 }
4408
4409
4410 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
4411
4412 static void
4413 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
4414 struct window *w;
4415 struct glyph_row *row;
4416 {
4417 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4418 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4419 Display *dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
4420 int x, y, wd, h;
4421 XGCValues xgcv;
4422 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
4423 GC gc;
4424
4425 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
4426 coordinates. */
4427 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
4428 y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
4429 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
4430 h = row->height - 1;
4431
4432 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
4433 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
4434 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
4435 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
4436 return;
4437
4438 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
4439 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
4440 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
4441 width instead. */
4442 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1;
4443 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4444 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4445 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
4446
4447 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
4448 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
4449 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;
4450 if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc)
4451 XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
4452 else
4453 dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
4454 GCForeground, &xgcv);
4455 gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc;
4456
4457 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
4458 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0);
4459 mac_draw_rectangle (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h);
4460 mac_reset_clipping (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
4461 }
4462
4463
4464 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
4465
4466 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
4467 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
4468 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
4469 --gerd. */
4470
4471 static void
4472 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width)
4473 struct window *w;
4474 struct glyph_row *row;
4475 int width;
4476 {
4477 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
4478 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
4479 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
4480 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
4481 {
4482 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4483 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
4484 GC gc;
4485 int x;
4486 unsigned long mask;
4487 XGCValues xgcv;
4488 Display *dpy;
4489 Window window;
4490
4491 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
4492 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
4493 return;
4494
4495 xgcv.background = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;
4496 xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;
4497 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground;
4498 dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
4499 window = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);
4500 gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
4501
4502 if (gc)
4503 XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv);
4504 else
4505 {
4506 gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv);
4507 FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc;
4508 }
4509
4510 if (width < 0)
4511 width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
4512
4513 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
4514 x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0);
4515 XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc,
4516 x,
4517 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
4518 min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width),
4519 row->height);
4520 mac_reset_clipping (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
4521 }
4522 }
4523
4524
4525 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
4526
4527 static void
4528 mac_define_frame_cursor (f, cursor)
4529 struct frame *f;
4530 Cursor cursor;
4531 {
4532 /* MAC TODO */
4533 }
4534
4535
4536 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
4537
4538 static void
4539 mac_clear_frame_area (f, x, y, width, height)
4540 struct frame *f;
4541 int x, y, width, height;
4542 {
4543 XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
4544 x, y, width, height, 0);
4545 }
4546
4547
4548 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
4549
4550 static void
4551 mac_draw_window_cursor (w, glyph_row, x, y, cursor_type, cursor_width, on_p, active_p)
4552 struct window *w;
4553 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
4554 int x, y;
4555 int cursor_type, cursor_width;
4556 int on_p, active_p;
4557 {
4558 if (on_p)
4559 {
4560 w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type;
4561 w->phys_cursor_width = cursor_width;
4562 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
4563
4564 switch (cursor_type)
4565 {
4566 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
4567 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
4568 break;
4569
4570 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
4571 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
4572 break;
4573
4574 case HBAR_CURSOR:
4575 /* TODO. For now, just draw bar cursor. */
4576 case BAR_CURSOR:
4577 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width);
4578 break;
4579
4580 case NO_CURSOR:
4581 break;
4582
4583 default:
4584 abort ();
4585 }
4586 }
4587 }
4588
4589 \f
4590 /* Icons. */
4591
4592 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: no icon support yet. */
4593 int
4594 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
4595 struct frame *f;
4596 Lisp_Object icon;
4597 {
4598 HANDLE hicon;
4599
4600 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4601 return 1;
4602
4603 if (NILP (icon))
4604 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
4605 else if (STRINGP (icon))
4606 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
4607 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
4608 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
4609 {
4610 LPCTSTR name;
4611
4612 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
4613 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
4614 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
4615 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
4616 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
4617 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
4618 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
4619 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
4620 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
4621 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
4622 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
4623 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
4624 else
4625 return 1;
4626
4627 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
4628 }
4629 else
4630 return 1;
4631
4632 if (hicon == NULL)
4633 return 1;
4634
4635 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
4636 (LPARAM) hicon);
4637
4638 return 0;
4639 }
4640 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
4641 \f
4642 /************************************************************************
4643 Handling X errors
4644 ************************************************************************/
4645
4646 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
4647 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
4648
4649 x_error_catcher (display, error)
4650 x_catch_errors (dpy)
4651 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
4652 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
4653 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
4654 x_clear_errors (dpy)
4655 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
4656 x_trace_wire ()
4657 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
4658 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
4659 x_error_quitter (display, error)
4660 x_error_handler (display, error)
4661 x_io_error_quitter (display)
4662
4663 */
4664
4665 \f
4666 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
4667
4668 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
4669 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
4670 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
4671 The return value shows which font we chose. */
4672
4673 Lisp_Object
4674 x_new_font (f, fontname)
4675 struct frame *f;
4676 register char *fontname;
4677 {
4678 struct font_info *fontp
4679 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
4680
4681 if (!fontp)
4682 return Qnil;
4683
4684 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
4685 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
4686 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4687
4688 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
4689 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
4690 {
4691 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
4692 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
4693 }
4694 else
4695 {
4696 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
4697 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
4698 }
4699
4700 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
4701 if (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f) != 0)
4702 {
4703 XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
4704 f->output_data.mac->font);
4705 XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->reverse_gc,
4706 f->output_data.mac->font);
4707 XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->cursor_gc,
4708 f->output_data.mac->font);
4709
4710 frame_update_line_height (f);
4711 if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
4712 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
4713 }
4714 else
4715 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
4716 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
4717 f->output_data.mac->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
4718
4719 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
4720 }
4721 \f
4722 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
4723 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
4724 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
4725 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
4726
4727 Lisp_Object
4728 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
4729 struct frame *f;
4730 char *fontsetname;
4731 {
4732 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
4733 Lisp_Object result;
4734
4735 if (fontset < 0)
4736 return Qnil;
4737
4738 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
4739 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
4740 to do. */
4741 return fontset_name (fontset);
4742
4743 result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset))));
4744
4745 if (!STRINGP (result))
4746 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
4747 return Qnil;
4748
4749 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
4750 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
4751
4752 return build_string (fontsetname);
4753 }
4754
4755 \f
4756 /***********************************************************************
4757 TODO: W32 Input Methods
4758 ***********************************************************************/
4759 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
4760
4761 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
4762 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
4763 struct xim_inst_t
4764 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
4765 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
4766 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
4767
4768 */
4769
4770 \f
4771 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
4772 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
4773
4774 void
4775 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
4776 struct frame *f;
4777 {
4778 Point pt;
4779 int flags = f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags;
4780
4781 pt.h = pt.v = 0;
4782
4783 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
4784 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
4785 if (f->output_data.mac->parent_desc != FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
4786 {
4787 GrafPtr savePort;
4788 GetPort (&savePort);
4789
4790 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
4791 SetPort (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)));
4792 #else
4793 SetPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
4794 #endif
4795
4796 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
4797 {
4798 Rect r;
4799
4800 GetWindowPortBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r);
4801 SetPt(&pt, r.left, r.top);
4802 }
4803 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
4804 SetPt(&pt, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portRect.left, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portRect.top);
4805 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
4806 LocalToGlobal (&pt);
4807 SetPort (savePort);
4808 }
4809
4810 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
4811 position that fits on the screen. */
4812 if (flags & XNegative)
4813 f->output_data.mac->left_pos = (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
4814 - 2 * f->output_data.mac->border_width - pt.h
4815 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
4816 + f->output_data.mac->left_pos);
4817 /* NTEMACS_TODO: Subtract menubar height? */
4818 if (flags & YNegative)
4819 f->output_data.mac->top_pos = (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
4820 - 2 * f->output_data.mac->border_width - pt.v
4821 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
4822 + f->output_data.mac->top_pos);
4823 /* The left_pos and top_pos
4824 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
4825 so the flags should correspond. */
4826 f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
4827 }
4828
4829 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
4830 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
4831 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
4832 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
4833 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
4834
4835 void
4836 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
4837 struct frame *f;
4838 register int xoff, yoff;
4839 int change_gravity;
4840 {
4841 int modified_top, modified_left;
4842
4843 if (change_gravity > 0)
4844 {
4845 f->output_data.mac->top_pos = yoff;
4846 f->output_data.mac->left_pos = xoff;
4847 f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
4848 if (xoff < 0)
4849 f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
4850 if (yoff < 0)
4851 f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
4852 f->output_data.mac->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
4853 }
4854 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
4855
4856 BLOCK_INPUT;
4857 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
4858
4859 modified_left = f->output_data.mac->left_pos;
4860 modified_top = f->output_data.mac->top_pos;
4861
4862 MoveWindow (f->output_data.mac->mWP, modified_left + 6,
4863 modified_top + 42, false);
4864
4865 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4866 }
4867
4868 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
4869 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
4870 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
4871 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
4872
4873 void
4874 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
4875 struct frame *f;
4876 int change_gravity;
4877 int cols, rows;
4878 {
4879 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
4880
4881 BLOCK_INPUT;
4882
4883 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
4884 f->output_data.mac->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
4885 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
4886 ? 0
4887 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.mac->font)));
4888
4889 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);
4890
4891 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
4892 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
4893
4894 f->output_data.mac->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
4895 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
4896
4897 SizeWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), pixelwidth, pixelheight, 0);
4898
4899 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
4900 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
4901 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
4902 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
4903
4904 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
4905 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
4906 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
4907 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
4908 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
4909
4910 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
4911 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
4912 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
4913 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
4914 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
4915
4916 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
4917 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
4918 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
4919 we have to make sure to do it here. */
4920 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
4921
4922 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
4923
4924 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
4925 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
4926
4927 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
4928 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
4929 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
4930 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
4931 cancel_mouse_face (f);
4932
4933 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4934 }
4935 \f
4936 /* Mouse warping. */
4937
4938 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
4939
4940 void
4941 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
4942 struct frame *f;
4943 int x, y;
4944 {
4945 int pix_x, pix_y;
4946
4947 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.mac->font) / 2;
4948 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.mac->line_height / 2;
4949
4950 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
4951 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4952
4953 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
4954 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4955
4956 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
4957 }
4958
4959 void
4960 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
4961 struct frame *f;
4962 int pix_x, pix_y;
4963 {
4964 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: CursorDeviceMoveTo is non-Carbon */
4965 BLOCK_INPUT;
4966
4967 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4968 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y);
4969 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
4970 #endif
4971 }
4972
4973 \f
4974 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
4975
4976 void
4977 x_focus_on_frame (f)
4978 struct frame *f;
4979 {
4980 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
4981 x_raise_frame (f);
4982 #endif
4983 #if 0
4984 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
4985 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
4986 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
4987 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
4988 RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
4989 #endif /* ! 0 */
4990 }
4991
4992 void
4993 x_unfocus_frame (f)
4994 struct frame *f;
4995 {
4996 }
4997
4998 /* Raise frame F. */
4999 void
5000 x_raise_frame (f)
5001 struct frame *f;
5002 {
5003 if (f->async_visible)
5004 SelectWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Lower frame F. */
5008 void
5009 x_lower_frame (f)
5010 struct frame *f;
5011 {
5012 if (f->async_visible)
5013 SendBehind (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), nil);
5014 }
5015
5016 static void
5017 XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
5018 FRAME_PTR f;
5019 int raise_flag;
5020 {
5021 if (raise_flag)
5022 x_raise_frame (f);
5023 else
5024 x_lower_frame (f);
5025 }
5026 \f
5027 /* Change of visibility. */
5028
5029 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
5030 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
5031 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
5032 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
5033 but it will become visible later when the window manager
5034 finishes with it. */
5035
5036 void
5037 x_make_frame_visible (f)
5038 struct frame *f;
5039 {
5040 Lisp_Object type;
5041 int original_top, original_left;
5042
5043 BLOCK_INPUT;
5044
5045 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5046 {
5047 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
5048 call x_set_offset a second time
5049 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
5050 before the window gets really visible. */
5051 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
5052 && ! f->output_data.mac->asked_for_visible)
5053 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.mac->left_pos,
5054 f->output_data.mac->top_pos, 0);
5055
5056 f->output_data.mac->asked_for_visible = 1;
5057
5058 ShowWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
5059 }
5060
5061 XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
5062
5063 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */
5064 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
5065 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
5066 so that incoming events are handled. */
5067 {
5068 Lisp_Object frame;
5069 int count;
5070
5071 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
5072 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5073
5074 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5075
5076 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
5077 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
5078 MapNotify at all.. */
5079 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
5080 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
5081 {
5082 /* Force processing of queued events. */
5083 x_sync (f);
5084
5085 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
5086 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
5087 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
5088 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
5089 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
5090 probably a bug. */
5091 if (input_polling_used ())
5092 {
5093 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
5094 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
5095 handler reset it. */
5096 extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void));
5097 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
5098 poll_suppress_count = 1;
5099 poll_for_input_1 ();
5100 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
5101 }
5102
5103 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
5104 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5105 }
5106 }
5107 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
5108 }
5109
5110 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
5111
5112 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
5113
5114 void
5115 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
5116 struct frame *f;
5117 {
5118 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
5119 if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
5120 FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
5121
5122 BLOCK_INPUT;
5123
5124 HideWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
5125
5126 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
5127 just by the event that we get from the server.
5128 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
5129 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
5130 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
5131 f->visible = 0;
5132 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
5133 f->async_visible = 0;
5134 f->async_iconified = 0;
5135
5136 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5137 }
5138
5139 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
5140
5141 void
5142 x_iconify_frame (f)
5143 struct frame *f;
5144 {
5145 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
5146 if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
5147 FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
5148
5149 #if 0
5150 /* Review: Since window is still visible in dock, still allow updates? */
5151 if (f->async_iconified)
5152 return;
5153 #endif
5154
5155 BLOCK_INPUT;
5156
5157 CollapseWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), true);
5158
5159 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5160 }
5161
5162 \f
5163 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
5164
5165 void
5166 x_destroy_window (f)
5167 struct frame *f;
5168 {
5169 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5170
5171 BLOCK_INPUT;
5172
5173 DisposeWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
5174
5175 free_frame_menubar (f);
5176 free_frame_faces (f);
5177
5178 xfree (f->output_data.mac);
5179 f->output_data.mac = 0;
5180 if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
5181 dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
5182 if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
5183 dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
5184 if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
5185 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
5186
5187 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
5188
5189 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
5190 {
5191 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
5192 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
5193 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
5194 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
5195 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
5196 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
5197 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
5198 }
5199
5200 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5201 }
5202 \f
5203 /* Setting window manager hints. */
5204
5205 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
5206 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
5207 that the window now has.
5208 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
5209 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
5210 void
5211 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
5212 struct frame *f;
5213 long flags;
5214 int user_position;
5215 {
5216 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: connect this to the Appearance Manager */
5217 XSizeHints size_hints;
5218
5219 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5220 Arg al[2];
5221 int ac = 0;
5222 Dimension widget_width, widget_height;
5223 Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
5224 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5225 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
5226 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5227
5228 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
5229 size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */;
5230
5231 size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
5232 size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos;
5233
5234 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5235 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++;
5236 XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++;
5237 XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac);
5238 size_hints.height = widget_height;
5239 size_hints.width = widget_width;
5240 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5241 size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
5242 size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
5243 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5244
5245 size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
5246 size_hints.height_inc = f->output_data.x->line_height;
5247 size_hints.max_width
5248 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
5249 size_hints.max_height
5250 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
5251
5252 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
5253
5254 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
5255 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
5256 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5257 {
5258 int base_width, base_height;
5259 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0;
5260
5261 base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
5262 base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
5263
5264 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols);
5265
5266 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
5267 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
5268 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
5269 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
5270 zero-row, zero-column frame.
5271
5272 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
5273 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
5274 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
5275
5276 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
5277 size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize;
5278 size_hints.base_width = base_width;
5279 size_hints.base_height = base_height;
5280 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc;
5281 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc;
5282 #else
5283 size_hints.min_width = base_width;
5284 size_hints.min_height = base_height;
5285 #endif
5286 }
5287
5288 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
5289 if (flags)
5290 {
5291 size_hints.flags |= flags;
5292 goto no_read;
5293 }
5294 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5295
5296 {
5297 XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
5298 long supplied_return;
5299 int value;
5300
5301 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
5302 value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints,
5303 &supplied_return);
5304 #else
5305 value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints);
5306 #endif
5307
5308 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5309 size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height;
5310 size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width;
5311 size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height;
5312 size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width;
5313 #endif
5314
5315 if (flags)
5316 size_hints.flags |= flags;
5317 else
5318 {
5319 if (value == 0)
5320 hints.flags = 0;
5321 if (hints.flags & PSize)
5322 size_hints.flags |= PSize;
5323 if (hints.flags & PPosition)
5324 size_hints.flags |= PPosition;
5325 if (hints.flags & USPosition)
5326 size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
5327 if (hints.flags & USSize)
5328 size_hints.flags |= USSize;
5329 }
5330 }
5331
5332 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5333 no_read:
5334 #endif
5335
5336 #ifdef PWinGravity
5337 size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity;
5338 size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity;
5339
5340 if (user_position)
5341 {
5342 size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition;
5343 size_hints.flags |= USPosition;
5344 }
5345 #endif /* PWinGravity */
5346
5347 #ifdef HAVE_X11R4
5348 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
5349 #else
5350 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
5351 #endif
5352 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
5353 }
5354
5355 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: hide application instead of iconify? */
5356 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
5357
5358 void
5359 x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
5360 struct frame *f;
5361 int state;
5362 {
5363 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5364 Arg al[1];
5365
5366 XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state);
5367 XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
5368 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5369 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
5370
5371 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint;
5372 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state;
5373
5374 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
5375 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5376 }
5377
5378 void
5379 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id)
5380 struct frame *f;
5381 int pixmap_id;
5382 {
5383 Pixmap icon_pixmap;
5384
5385 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5386 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
5387 #endif
5388
5389 if (pixmap_id > 0)
5390 {
5391 icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id);
5392 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap;
5393 }
5394 else
5395 {
5396 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
5397 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
5398 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
5399 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
5400 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
5401 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
5402 best to explicitly give up. */
5403 #if 0
5404 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None;
5405 #else
5406 return;
5407 #endif
5408 }
5409
5410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
5411
5412 {
5413 Arg al[1];
5414 XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap);
5415 XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
5416 }
5417
5418 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5419
5420 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
5421 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
5422
5423 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5424 }
5425
5426 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
5427
5428 void
5429 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
5430 struct frame *f;
5431 int icon_x, icon_y;
5432 {
5433 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: no icons on Mac */
5434 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5435 Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
5436 #else
5437 Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
5438 #endif
5439
5440 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
5441 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
5442 f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
5443
5444 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
5445 #endif /* MAC_TODO */
5446 }
5447
5448 \f
5449 /***********************************************************************
5450 Fonts
5451 ***********************************************************************/
5452
5453 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
5454
5455 struct font_info *
5456 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
5457 FRAME_PTR f;
5458 int font_idx;
5459 {
5460 return (FRAME_MAC_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx);
5461 }
5462
5463 /* the global font name table */
5464 char **font_name_table = NULL;
5465 int font_name_table_size = 0;
5466 int font_name_count = 0;
5467
5468 /* compare two strings ignoring case */
5469 static int
5470 stricmp (const char *s, const char *t)
5471 {
5472 for ( ; tolower (*s) == tolower (*t); s++, t++)
5473 if (*s == '\0')
5474 return 0;
5475 return tolower (*s) - tolower (*t);
5476 }
5477
5478 /* compare two strings ignoring case and handling wildcard */
5479 static int
5480 wildstrieq (char *s1, char *s2)
5481 {
5482 if (strcmp (s1, "*") == 0 || strcmp (s2, "*") == 0)
5483 return true;
5484
5485 return stricmp (s1, s2) == 0;
5486 }
5487
5488 /* Assume parameter 1 is fully qualified, no wildcards. */
5489 static int
5490 mac_font_pattern_match (fontname, pattern)
5491 char * fontname;
5492 char * pattern;
5493 {
5494 char *regex = (char *) alloca (strlen (pattern) * 2 + 3);
5495 char *font_name_copy = (char *) alloca (strlen (fontname) + 1);
5496 char *ptr;
5497
5498 /* Copy fontname so we can modify it during comparison. */
5499 strcpy (font_name_copy, fontname);
5500
5501 ptr = regex;
5502 *ptr++ = '^';
5503
5504 /* Turn pattern into a regexp and do a regexp match. */
5505 for (; *pattern; pattern++)
5506 {
5507 if (*pattern == '?')
5508 *ptr++ = '.';
5509 else if (*pattern == '*')
5510 {
5511 *ptr++ = '.';
5512 *ptr++ = '*';
5513 }
5514 else
5515 *ptr++ = *pattern;
5516 }
5517 *ptr = '$';
5518 *(ptr + 1) = '\0';
5519
5520 return (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (build_string (regex),
5521 font_name_copy) >= 0);
5522 }
5523
5524 /* Two font specs are considered to match if their foundry, family,
5525 weight, slant, and charset match. */
5526 static int
5527 mac_font_match (char *mf, char *xf)
5528 {
5529 char m_foundry[50], m_family[50], m_weight[20], m_slant[2], m_charset[20];
5530 char x_foundry[50], x_family[50], x_weight[20], x_slant[2], x_charset[20];
5531
5532 if (sscanf (mf, "-%49[^-]-%49[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%19s",
5533 m_foundry, m_family, m_weight, m_slant, m_charset) != 5)
5534 return mac_font_pattern_match (mf, xf);
5535
5536 if (sscanf (xf, "-%49[^-]-%49[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%19s",
5537 x_foundry, x_family, x_weight, x_slant, x_charset) != 5)
5538 return mac_font_pattern_match (mf, xf);
5539
5540 return (wildstrieq (m_foundry, x_foundry)
5541 && wildstrieq (m_family, x_family)
5542 && wildstrieq (m_weight, x_weight)
5543 && wildstrieq (m_slant, x_slant)
5544 && wildstrieq (m_charset, x_charset))
5545 || mac_font_pattern_match (mf, xf);
5546 }
5547
5548
5549 static char *
5550 mac_to_x_fontname (char *name, int size, Style style, short scriptcode)
5551 {
5552 char foundry[32], family[32], cs[32];
5553 char xf[255], *result, *p;
5554
5555 if (sscanf (name, "%31[^-]-%31[^-]-%31s", foundry, family, cs) != 3)
5556 {
5557 strcpy(foundry, "Apple");
5558 strcpy(family, name);
5559
5560 switch (scriptcode)
5561 {
5562 case smTradChinese:
5563 strcpy(cs, "big5-0");
5564 break;
5565 case smSimpChinese:
5566 strcpy(cs, "gb2312.1980-0");
5567 break;
5568 case smJapanese:
5569 strcpy(cs, "jisx0208.1983-sjis");
5570 break;
5571 case -smJapanese:
5572 /* Each Apple Japanese font is entered into the font table
5573 twice: once as a jisx0208.1983-sjis font and once as a
5574 jisx0201.1976-0 font. The latter can be used to display
5575 the ascii charset and katakana-jisx0201 charset. A
5576 negative script code signals that the name of this latter
5577 font is being built. */
5578 strcpy(cs, "jisx0201.1976-0");
5579 break;
5580 case smKorean:
5581 strcpy(cs, "ksc5601.1989-0");
5582 break;
5583 default:
5584 strcpy(cs, "mac-roman");
5585 break;
5586 }
5587 }
5588
5589 sprintf(xf, "-%s-%s-%s-%c-normal--%d-%d-75-75-m-%d-%s",
5590 foundry, family, style & bold ? "bold" : "medium",
5591 style & italic ? 'i' : 'r', size, size * 10, size * 10, cs);
5592
5593 result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (xf) + 1);
5594 strcpy (result, xf);
5595 for (p = result; *p; p++)
5596 *p = tolower(*p);
5597 return result;
5598 }
5599
5600
5601 /* Convert an X font spec to the corresponding mac font name, which
5602 can then be passed to GetFNum after conversion to a Pascal string.
5603 For ordinary Mac fonts, this should just be their names, like
5604 "monaco", "Taipei", etc. Fonts converted from the GNU intlfonts
5605 collection contain their charset designation in their names, like
5606 "ETL-Fixed-iso8859-1", "ETL-Fixed-koi8-r", etc. Both types of font
5607 names are handled accordingly. */
5608 static void
5609 x_font_name_to_mac_font_name (char *xf, char *mf)
5610 {
5611 char foundry[32], family[32], weight[20], slant[2], cs[32];
5612
5613 strcpy (mf, "");
5614
5615 if (sscanf (xf, "-%31[^-]-%31[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%31s",
5616 foundry, family, weight, slant, cs) != 5 &&
5617 sscanf (xf, "-%31[^-]-%31[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%31s",
5618 foundry, family, weight, slant, cs) != 5)
5619 return;
5620
5621 if (strcmp (cs, "big5-0") == 0 || strcmp (cs, "gb2312.1980-0") == 0
5622 || strcmp (cs, "jisx0208.1983-sjis") == 0
5623 || strcmp (cs, "jisx0201.1976-0") == 0
5624 || strcmp (cs, "ksc5601.1989-0") == 0 || strcmp (cs, "mac-roman") == 0)
5625 strcpy(mf, family);
5626 else
5627 sprintf(mf, "%s-%s-%s", foundry, family, cs);
5628 }
5629
5630
5631 static void
5632 add_font_name_table_entry (char *font_name)
5633 {
5634 if (font_name_table_size == 0)
5635 {
5636 font_name_table_size = 16;
5637 font_name_table = (char **)
5638 xmalloc (font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *));
5639 }
5640 else if (font_name_count + 1 >= font_name_table_size)
5641 {
5642 font_name_table_size += 16;
5643 font_name_table = (char **)
5644 xrealloc (font_name_table,
5645 font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *));
5646 }
5647
5648 font_name_table[font_name_count++] = font_name;
5649 }
5650
5651 /* Sets up the table font_name_table to contain the list of all fonts
5652 in the system the first time the table is used so that the Resource
5653 Manager need not be accessed every time this information is
5654 needed. */
5655
5656 static void
5657 init_font_name_table ()
5658 {
5659 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
5660 SInt32 sv;
5661
5662 if (Gestalt (gestaltSystemVersion, &sv) == noErr && sv >= 0x1000)
5663 {
5664 FMFontFamilyIterator ffi;
5665 FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator ffii;
5666 FMFontFamily ff;
5667
5668 /* Create a dummy instance iterator here to avoid creating and
5669 destroying it in the loop. */
5670 if (FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator (0, &ffii) != noErr)
5671 return;
5672 /* Create an iterator to enumerate the font families. */
5673 if (FMCreateFontFamilyIterator (NULL, NULL, kFMDefaultOptions, &ffi)
5674 != noErr)
5675 {
5676 FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator (&ffii);
5677 return;
5678 }
5679
5680 while (FMGetNextFontFamily (&ffi, &ff) == noErr)
5681 {
5682 Str255 name;
5683 FMFont font;
5684 FMFontStyle style;
5685 FMFontSize size;
5686 SInt16 sc;
5687
5688 if (FMGetFontFamilyName (ff, name) != noErr)
5689 break;
5690 p2cstr (name);
5691
5692 sc = FontToScript (ff);
5693
5694 /* Point the instance iterator at the current font family. */
5695 if (FMResetFontFamilyInstanceIterator(ff, &ffii) != noErr)
5696 break;
5697
5698 while (FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance (&ffii, &font, &style, &size)
5699 == noErr)
5700 if (size == 0)
5701 {
5702 add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
5703 style, sc));
5704 add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
5705 italic, sc));
5706 add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
5707 bold, sc));
5708 add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
5709 italic | bold,
5710 sc));
5711 }
5712 else
5713 {
5714 add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
5715 style, sc));
5716 if (smJapanese == sc)
5717 add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
5718 style,
5719 -smJapanese));
5720 }
5721 }
5722
5723 /* Dispose of the iterators. */
5724 FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator (&ffi);
5725 FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator (&ffii);
5726 }
5727 else
5728 {
5729 #endif /* TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
5730 GrafPtr port;
5731 SInt16 fontnum, old_fontnum;
5732 int num_mac_fonts = CountResources('FOND');
5733 int i, j;
5734 Handle font_handle, font_handle_2;
5735 short id, scriptcode;
5736 ResType type;
5737 Str32 name;
5738 struct FontAssoc *fat;
5739 struct AsscEntry *assc_entry;
5740
5741 GetPort (&port); /* save the current font number used */
5742 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
5743 old_fontnum = GetPortTextFont (port);
5744 #else
5745 old_fontnum = port->txFont;
5746 #endif
5747
5748 for (i = 1; i <= num_mac_fonts; i++) /* get all available fonts */
5749 {
5750 font_handle = GetIndResource ('FOND', i);
5751 if (!font_handle)
5752 continue;
5753
5754 GetResInfo (font_handle, &id, &type, name);
5755 GetFNum (name, &fontnum);
5756 p2cstr (name);
5757 if (fontnum == 0)
5758 continue;
5759
5760 TextFont (fontnum);
5761 scriptcode = FontToScript (fontnum);
5762 do
5763 {
5764 HLock (font_handle);
5765
5766 if (GetResourceSizeOnDisk (font_handle)
5767 >= sizeof (struct FamRec))
5768 {
5769 fat = (struct FontAssoc *) (*font_handle
5770 + sizeof (struct FamRec));
5771 assc_entry
5772 = (struct AsscEntry *) (*font_handle
5773 + sizeof (struct FamRec)
5774 + sizeof (struct FontAssoc));
5775
5776 for (j = 0; j <= fat->numAssoc; j++, assc_entry++)
5777 {
5778 if (font_name_table_size == 0)
5779 {
5780 font_name_table_size = 16;
5781 font_name_table = (char **)
5782 xmalloc (font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *));
5783 }
5784 else if (font_name_count >= font_name_table_size)
5785 {
5786 font_name_table_size += 16;
5787 font_name_table = (char **)
5788 xrealloc (font_name_table,
5789 font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *));
5790 }
5791 font_name_table[font_name_count++]
5792 = mac_to_x_fontname (name,
5793 assc_entry->fontSize,
5794 assc_entry->fontStyle,
5795 scriptcode);
5796 /* Both jisx0208.1983-sjis and
5797 jisx0201.1976-sjis parts are contained in
5798 Apple Japanese (SJIS) font. */
5799 if (smJapanese == scriptcode)
5800 {
5801 font_name_table[font_name_count++]
5802 = mac_to_x_fontname (name,
5803 assc_entry->fontSize,
5804 assc_entry->fontStyle,
5805 -smJapanese);
5806 }
5807 }
5808 }
5809
5810 HUnlock (font_handle);
5811 font_handle_2 = GetNextFOND (font_handle);
5812 ReleaseResource (font_handle);
5813 font_handle = font_handle_2;
5814 }
5815 while (ResError () == noErr && font_handle);
5816 }
5817
5818 TextFont (old_fontnum);
5819 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
5820 }
5821 #endif /* TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
5822 }
5823
5824
5825 /* Return a list of at most MAXNAMES font specs matching the one in
5826 PATTERN. Cache matching fonts for patterns in
5827 dpyinfo->name_list_element to avoid looking them up again by
5828 calling mac_font_pattern_match (slow). */
5829
5830 Lisp_Object
5831 x_list_fonts (struct frame *f,
5832 Lisp_Object pattern,
5833 int size,
5834 int maxnames)
5835 {
5836 char *ptnstr;
5837 Lisp_Object newlist = Qnil, tem, key;
5838 int n_fonts = 0;
5839 int i;
5840 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
5841 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = f ? FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f) : NULL;
5842
5843 if (font_name_table == NULL) /* Initialize when first used. */
5844 init_font_name_table ();
5845
5846 if (dpyinfo)
5847 {
5848 tem = XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element);
5849 key = Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames));
5850
5851 newlist = Fassoc (key, tem);
5852 if (!NILP (newlist))
5853 {
5854 newlist = Fcdr_safe (newlist);
5855 goto label_cached;
5856 }
5857 }
5858
5859 ptnstr = SDATA (pattern);
5860
5861 GCPRO2 (pattern, newlist);
5862
5863 /* Scan and matching bitmap fonts. */
5864 for (i = 0; i < font_name_count; i++)
5865 {
5866 if (mac_font_pattern_match (font_name_table[i], ptnstr))
5867 {
5868 newlist = Fcons (build_string (font_name_table[i]), newlist);
5869
5870 n_fonts++;
5871 if (n_fonts >= maxnames)
5872 break;
5873 }
5874 }
5875
5876 /* MAC_TODO: add code for matching outline fonts here */
5877
5878 UNGCPRO;
5879
5880 if (dpyinfo)
5881 {
5882 XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element,
5883 Fcons (Fcons (key, newlist),
5884 XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)));
5885 }
5886 label_cached:
5887
5888 return newlist;
5889 }
5890
5891
5892 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
5893
5894 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
5895 font table. */
5896
5897 static void
5898 x_check_font (f, font)
5899 struct frame *f;
5900 XFontStruct *font;
5901 {
5902 int i;
5903 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5904
5905 xassert (font != NULL);
5906
5907 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
5908 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
5909 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
5910 break;
5911
5912 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
5913 }
5914
5915 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
5916
5917 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
5918 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
5919 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
5920 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
5921 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
5922
5923 static INLINE void
5924 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
5925 MacFontStruct *font;
5926 int *w, *h;
5927 {
5928 /*
5929 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
5930 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
5931 */
5932 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
5933 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
5934 }
5935
5936
5937 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
5938 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
5939 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
5940 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
5941 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
5942
5943 int
5944 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
5945 struct frame *f;
5946 {
5947 int i;
5948 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5949 MacFontStruct *font;
5950 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
5951 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
5952
5953 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
5954 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
5955
5956 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
5957 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
5958 {
5959 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
5960 int w, h;
5961
5962 font = (MacFontStruct *) fontp->font;
5963 xassert (font != (MacFontStruct *) ~0);
5964 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
5965
5966 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
5967 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
5968 }
5969
5970 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
5971 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
5972
5973 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
5974 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
5975 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
5976 }
5977
5978
5979 /* Determine whether given string is a fully-specified XLFD: all 14
5980 fields are present, none is '*'. */
5981
5982 static int
5983 is_fully_specified_xlfd (char *p)
5984 {
5985 int i;
5986 char *q;
5987
5988 if (*p != '-')
5989 return 0;
5990
5991 for (i = 0; i < 13; i++)
5992 {
5993 q = strchr (p + 1, '-');
5994 if (q == NULL)
5995 return 0;
5996 if (q - p == 2 && *(p + 1) == '*')
5997 return 0;
5998 p = q;
5999 }
6000
6001 if (strchr (p + 1, '-') != NULL)
6002 return 0;
6003
6004 if (*(p + 1) == '*' && *(p + 2) == '\0')
6005 return 0;
6006
6007 return 1;
6008 }
6009
6010
6011 const int kDefaultFontSize = 9;
6012
6013
6014 /* XLoadQueryFont creates and returns an internal representation for a
6015 font in a MacFontStruct struct. There is really no concept
6016 corresponding to "loading" a font on the Mac. But we check its
6017 existence and find the font number and all other information for it
6018 and store them in the returned MacFontStruct. */
6019
6020 static MacFontStruct *
6021 XLoadQueryFont (Display *dpy, char *fontname)
6022 {
6023 int i, size, is_two_byte_font, char_width;
6024 char *name;
6025 GrafPtr port;
6026 SInt16 old_fontnum, old_fontsize;
6027 Style old_fontface;
6028 Str32 mfontname;
6029 SInt16 fontnum;
6030 Style fontface = normal;
6031 MacFontStruct *font;
6032 FontInfo the_fontinfo;
6033 char s_weight[7], c_slant;
6034
6035 if (is_fully_specified_xlfd (fontname))
6036 name = fontname;
6037 else
6038 {
6039 for (i = 0; i < font_name_count; i++)
6040 if (mac_font_pattern_match (font_name_table[i], fontname))
6041 break;
6042
6043 if (i >= font_name_count)
6044 return NULL;
6045
6046 name = font_name_table[i];
6047 }
6048
6049 GetPort (&port); /* save the current font number used */
6050 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
6051 old_fontnum = GetPortTextFont (port);
6052 old_fontsize = GetPortTextSize (port);
6053 old_fontface = GetPortTextFace (port);
6054 #else
6055 old_fontnum = port->txFont;
6056 old_fontsize = port->txSize;
6057 old_fontface = port->txFace;
6058 #endif
6059
6060 if (sscanf (name, "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]--%d-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%*s", &size) != 1)
6061 size = kDefaultFontSize;
6062
6063 if (sscanf (name, "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%6[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%*s", s_weight) == 1)
6064 if (strcmp (s_weight, "bold") == 0)
6065 fontface |= bold;
6066
6067 if (sscanf (name, "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%c-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%*s", &c_slant) == 1)
6068 if (c_slant == 'i')
6069 fontface |= italic;
6070
6071 x_font_name_to_mac_font_name (name, mfontname);
6072 c2pstr (mfontname);
6073 GetFNum (mfontname, &fontnum);
6074 if (fontnum == 0)
6075 return NULL;
6076
6077 font = (MacFontStruct *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct MacFontStruct));
6078
6079 font->fontname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
6080 bcopy (name, font->fontname, strlen (name) + 1);
6081
6082 font->mac_fontnum = fontnum;
6083 font->mac_fontsize = size;
6084 font->mac_fontface = fontface;
6085 font->mac_scriptcode = FontToScript (fontnum);
6086
6087 /* Apple Japanese (SJIS) font is listed as both
6088 "*-jisx0208.1983-sjis" (Japanese script) and "*-jisx0201.1976-0"
6089 (Roman script) in init_font_name_table (). The latter should be
6090 treated as a one-byte font. */
6091 {
6092 char cs[32];
6093
6094 if (sscanf (name,
6095 "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%31s",
6096 cs) == 1
6097 && 0 == strcmp (cs, "jisx0201.1976-0"))
6098 font->mac_scriptcode = smRoman;
6099 }
6100
6101 is_two_byte_font = font->mac_scriptcode == smJapanese ||
6102 font->mac_scriptcode == smTradChinese ||
6103 font->mac_scriptcode == smSimpChinese ||
6104 font->mac_scriptcode == smKorean;
6105
6106 TextFont (fontnum);
6107 TextSize (size);
6108 TextFace (fontface);
6109
6110 GetFontInfo (&the_fontinfo);
6111
6112 font->ascent = the_fontinfo.ascent;
6113 font->descent = the_fontinfo.descent;
6114
6115 font->min_byte1 = 0;
6116 if (is_two_byte_font)
6117 font->max_byte1 = 1;
6118 else
6119 font->max_byte1 = 0;
6120 font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0x20;
6121 font->max_char_or_byte2 = 0xff;
6122
6123 if (is_two_byte_font)
6124 {
6125 /* Use the width of an "ideographic space" of that font because
6126 the_fontinfo.widMax returns the wrong width for some fonts. */
6127 switch (font->mac_scriptcode)
6128 {
6129 case smJapanese:
6130 char_width = StringWidth("\p\x81\x40");
6131 break;
6132 case smTradChinese:
6133 char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\x40");
6134 break;
6135 case smSimpChinese:
6136 char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\xa1");
6137 break;
6138 case smKorean:
6139 char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\xa1");
6140 break;
6141 }
6142 }
6143 else
6144 /* Do this instead of use the_fontinfo.widMax, which incorrectly
6145 returns 15 for 12-point Monaco! */
6146 char_width = CharWidth ('m');
6147
6148 font->max_bounds.rbearing = char_width;
6149 font->max_bounds.lbearing = 0;
6150 font->max_bounds.width = char_width;
6151 font->max_bounds.ascent = the_fontinfo.ascent;
6152 font->max_bounds.descent = the_fontinfo.descent;
6153
6154 font->min_bounds = font->max_bounds;
6155
6156 if (is_two_byte_font || CharWidth ('m') == CharWidth ('i'))
6157 font->per_char = NULL;
6158 else
6159 {
6160 font->per_char = (XCharStruct *)
6161 xmalloc (sizeof (XCharStruct) * (0xff - 0x20 + 1));
6162 {
6163 int c;
6164
6165 for (c = 0x20; c <= 0xff; c++)
6166 {
6167 font->per_char[c - 0x20] = font->max_bounds;
6168 font->per_char[c - 0x20].width = CharWidth (c);
6169 }
6170 }
6171 }
6172
6173 TextFont (old_fontnum); /* restore previous font number, size and face */
6174 TextSize (old_fontsize);
6175 TextFace (old_fontface);
6176
6177 return font;
6178 }
6179
6180
6181 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
6182 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
6183 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
6184 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
6185
6186 struct font_info *
6187 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
6188 struct frame *f;
6189 register char *fontname;
6190 int size;
6191 {
6192 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6193 Lisp_Object font_names;
6194
6195 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
6196 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
6197 we already have by comparing names. */
6198 font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1);
6199
6200 if (!NILP (font_names))
6201 {
6202 Lisp_Object tail;
6203 int i;
6204
6205 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
6206 for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6207 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
6208 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
6209 SDATA (XCAR (tail)))
6210 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
6211 SDATA (XCAR (tail)))))
6212 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
6213 }
6214
6215 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
6216 {
6217 char *full_name;
6218 struct MacFontStruct *font;
6219 struct font_info *fontp;
6220 unsigned long value;
6221 int i;
6222
6223 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
6224 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
6225 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
6226 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
6227 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
6228 if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names))
6229 fontname = (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names));
6230
6231 font = (MacFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), fontname);
6232 if (!font)
6233 return NULL;
6234
6235 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
6236 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
6237 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL)
6238 break;
6239
6240 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
6241 if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts
6242 && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size)
6243 {
6244 int sz;
6245 dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size);
6246 sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table;
6247 dpyinfo->font_table
6248 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz);
6249 }
6250
6251 fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
6252 if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts)
6253 ++dpyinfo->n_fonts;
6254
6255 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
6256 BLOCK_INPUT;
6257 fontp->font = font;
6258 fontp->font_idx = i;
6259 fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (font->fontname) + 1);
6260 bcopy (font->fontname, fontp->name, strlen (font->fontname) + 1);
6261
6262 fontp->full_name = fontp->name;
6263
6264 fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width;
6265 fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
6266 {
6267 /* For some font, ascent and descent in max_bounds field is
6268 larger than the above value. */
6269 int max_height = font->max_bounds.ascent + font->max_bounds.descent;
6270 if (max_height > fontp->height)
6271 fontp->height = max_height;
6272 }
6273
6274 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
6275 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
6276 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
6277 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
6278 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
6279 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
6280 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
6281 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
6282 if (font->mac_scriptcode == smJapanese)
6283 fontp->encoding[1] = 4;
6284 else
6285 {
6286 fontp->encoding[1]
6287 = (font->max_byte1 == 0
6288 /* 1-byte font */
6289 ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
6290 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
6291 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
6292 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */
6293 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
6294 /* 2-byte font */
6295 : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80
6296 ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80
6297 ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
6298 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
6299 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
6300 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
6301 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
6302 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
6303 : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
6304 ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
6305 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
6306 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
6307 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
6308 }
6309
6310 #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: fill these out with more reasonably values */
6311 fontp->baseline_offset
6312 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value)
6313 ? (long) value : 0);
6314 fontp->relative_compose
6315 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value)
6316 ? (long) value : 0);
6317 fontp->default_ascent
6318 = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
6319 ? (long) value : 0);
6320 #else
6321 fontp->baseline_offset = 0;
6322 fontp->relative_compose = 0;
6323 fontp->default_ascent = 0;
6324 #endif
6325
6326 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
6327 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
6328 before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any
6329 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
6330 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
6331 fonts_changed_p = x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f);
6332 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6333 return fontp;
6334 }
6335 }
6336
6337
6338 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
6339 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
6340
6341 struct font_info *
6342 x_query_font (f, fontname)
6343 struct frame *f;
6344 register char *fontname;
6345 {
6346 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6347 int i;
6348
6349 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
6350 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
6351 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
6352 || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname)))
6353 return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
6354 return NULL;
6355 }
6356
6357
6358 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
6359 `encoder' of the structure. */
6360
6361 void
6362 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
6363 struct font_info *fontp;
6364 {
6365 Lisp_Object list, elt;
6366
6367 for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list))
6368 {
6369 elt = XCAR (list);
6370 if (CONSP (elt)
6371 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt))
6372 && (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name)
6373 >= 0))
6374 break;
6375 }
6376 if (! NILP (list))
6377 {
6378 struct ccl_program *ccl
6379 = (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program));
6380
6381 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0)
6382 xfree (ccl);
6383 else
6384 fontp->font_encoder = ccl;
6385 }
6386 }
6387
6388
6389 \f
6390 /***********************************************************************
6391 Initialization
6392 ***********************************************************************/
6393
6394 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6395 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
6396 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
6397 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
6398
6399 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
6400 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
6401 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
6402
6403 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
6404 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
6405 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
6406 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
6407 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
6408 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
6409 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
6410 };
6411 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6412
6413 static int x_initialized;
6414
6415 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
6416 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
6417 the screen number from the server number. */
6418 static int
6419 same_x_server (name1, name2)
6420 char *name1, *name2;
6421 {
6422 int seen_colon = 0;
6423 unsigned char *system_name = SDATA (Vsystem_name);
6424 int system_name_length = strlen (system_name);
6425 int length_until_period = 0;
6426
6427 while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0
6428 && system_name[length_until_period] != '.')
6429 length_until_period++;
6430
6431 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
6432 if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5))
6433 name1 += 4;
6434 if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5))
6435 name2 += 4;
6436 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
6437 if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length)
6438 && name1[system_name_length] == ':')
6439 name1 += system_name_length;
6440 if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length)
6441 && name2[system_name_length] == ':')
6442 name2 += system_name_length;
6443 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
6444 if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period)
6445 && name1[length_until_period] == ':')
6446 name1 += length_until_period;
6447 if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period)
6448 && name2[length_until_period] == ':')
6449 name2 += length_until_period;
6450
6451 for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++)
6452 {
6453 if (*name1 == ':')
6454 seen_colon++;
6455 if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.')
6456 return 1;
6457 }
6458 return (seen_colon
6459 && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0')
6460 && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0'));
6461 }
6462 #endif
6463
6464
6465 /* The Mac Event loop code */
6466
6467 #ifndef MAC_OSX
6468 #include <Events.h>
6469 #include <Quickdraw.h>
6470 #include <Balloons.h>
6471 #include <Devices.h>
6472 #include <Fonts.h>
6473 #include <Gestalt.h>
6474 #include <Menus.h>
6475 #include <Processes.h>
6476 #include <Sound.h>
6477 #include <ToolUtils.h>
6478 #include <TextUtils.h>
6479 #include <Dialogs.h>
6480 #include <Script.h>
6481 #include <Types.h>
6482 #include <TextEncodingConverter.h>
6483 #include <Resources.h>
6484
6485 #if __MWERKS__
6486 #include <unix.h>
6487 #endif
6488 #endif /* ! MAC_OSX */
6489
6490 #define M_APPLE 128
6491 #define I_ABOUT 1
6492
6493 #define WINDOW_RESOURCE 128
6494 #define TERM_WINDOW_RESOURCE 129
6495
6496 #define DEFAULT_NUM_COLS 80
6497
6498 #define MIN_DOC_SIZE 64
6499 #define MAX_DOC_SIZE 32767
6500
6501 /* sleep time for WaitNextEvent */
6502 #define WNE_SLEEP_AT_SUSPEND 10
6503 #define WNE_SLEEP_AT_RESUME 1
6504
6505 /* true when cannot handle any Mac OS events */
6506 static int handling_window_update = 0;
6507
6508 /* the flag appl_is_suspended is used both for determining the sleep
6509 time to be passed to WaitNextEvent and whether the cursor should be
6510 drawn when updating the display. The cursor is turned off when
6511 Emacs is suspended. Redrawing it is unnecessary and what needs to
6512 be done depends on whether the cursor lies inside or outside the
6513 redraw region. So we might as well skip drawing it when Emacs is
6514 suspended. */
6515 static Boolean app_is_suspended = false;
6516 static long app_sleep_time = WNE_SLEEP_AT_RESUME;
6517
6518 #define EXTRA_STACK_ALLOC (256 * 1024)
6519
6520 #define ARGV_STRING_LIST_ID 129
6521 #define ABOUT_ALERT_ID 128
6522 #define RAM_TOO_LARGE_ALERT_ID 129
6523
6524 Boolean terminate_flag = false;
6525
6526 /* True if using command key as meta key. */
6527 Lisp_Object Vmac_command_key_is_meta;
6528
6529 /* True if the ctrl and meta keys should be reversed. */
6530 Lisp_Object Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta;
6531
6532 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
6533 /* True if the mouse wheel button (i.e. button 4) should map to
6534 mouse-2, instead of mouse-3. */
6535 Lisp_Object Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2;
6536
6537 /* If Non-nil, the Mac "Command" key is passed on to the Mac Toolbox
6538 for processing before Emacs sees it. */
6539 Lisp_Object Vmac_pass_command_to_system;
6540
6541 /* If Non-nil, the Mac "Control" key is passed on to the Mac Toolbox
6542 for processing before Emacs sees it. */
6543 Lisp_Object Vmac_pass_control_to_system;
6544 #endif
6545
6546 /* convert input from Mac keyboard (assumed to be in Mac Roman coding)
6547 to this text encoding */
6548 int mac_keyboard_text_encoding;
6549 int current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding = kTextEncodingMacRoman;
6550
6551 /* Set in term/mac-win.el to indicate that event loop can now generate
6552 drag and drop events. */
6553 Lisp_Object Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop;
6554
6555 Lisp_Object drag_and_drop_file_list;
6556
6557 Point saved_menu_event_location;
6558
6559 /* Apple Events */
6560 static void init_required_apple_events (void);
6561 static pascal OSErr
6562 do_ae_open_application (const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
6563 static pascal OSErr
6564 do_ae_print_documents (const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
6565 static pascal OSErr do_ae_open_documents (AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
6566 static pascal OSErr do_ae_quit_application (AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
6567
6568 /* Drag and Drop */
6569 static OSErr init_mac_drag_n_drop ();
6570 static pascal OSErr mac_do_receive_drag (WindowPtr, void*, DragReference);
6571
6572 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
6573 /* Preliminary Support for the OSX Services Menu */
6574 static OSStatus mac_handle_service_event (EventHandlerCallRef,EventRef,void*);
6575 static void init_service_handler ();
6576 #endif
6577
6578 extern void init_emacs_passwd_dir ();
6579 extern int emacs_main (int, char **, char **);
6580 extern void check_alarm ();
6581
6582 extern void initialize_applescript();
6583 extern void terminate_applescript();
6584
6585 static unsigned int
6586 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
6587 mac_to_emacs_modifiers (UInt32 mods)
6588 #else
6589 mac_to_emacs_modifiers (EventModifiers mods)
6590 #endif
6591 {
6592 unsigned int result = 0;
6593 if (mods & macShiftKey)
6594 result |= shift_modifier;
6595 if (mods & macCtrlKey)
6596 result |= ctrl_modifier;
6597 if (mods & macMetaKey)
6598 result |= meta_modifier;
6599 if (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) && (mods & macAltKey))
6600 result |= alt_modifier;
6601 return result;
6602 }
6603
6604 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
6605 /* Obtains the event modifiers from the event ref and then calls
6606 mac_to_emacs_modifiers. */
6607 static int
6608 mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (EventRef eventRef)
6609 {
6610 UInt32 mods = 0;
6611 GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32, NULL,
6612 sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &mods);
6613 return mac_to_emacs_modifiers (mods);
6614 }
6615
6616 /* Given an event ref, return the code to use for the mouse button
6617 code in the emacs input_event. */
6618 static int
6619 mac_get_mouse_btn (EventRef ref)
6620 {
6621 EventMouseButton result = kEventMouseButtonPrimary;
6622 GetEventParameter (ref, kEventParamMouseButton, typeMouseButton, NULL,
6623 sizeof (EventMouseButton), NULL, &result);
6624 switch (result)
6625 {
6626 case kEventMouseButtonPrimary:
6627 return 0;
6628 case kEventMouseButtonSecondary:
6629 return NILP (Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2) ? 1 : 2;
6630 case kEventMouseButtonTertiary:
6631 case 4: /* 4 is the number for the mouse wheel button */
6632 return NILP (Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2) ? 2 : 1;
6633 default:
6634 return 0;
6635 }
6636 }
6637
6638 /* Normally, ConvertEventRefToEventRecord will correctly handle all
6639 events. However the click of the mouse wheel is not converted to a
6640 mouseDown or mouseUp event. This calls ConvertEventRef, but then
6641 checks to see if it is a mouse up or down carbon event that has not
6642 been converted, and if so, converts it by hand (to be picked up in
6643 the XTread_socket loop). */
6644 static Boolean mac_convert_event_ref (EventRef eventRef, EventRecord *eventRec)
6645 {
6646 Boolean result = ConvertEventRefToEventRecord (eventRef, eventRec);
6647 /* Do special case for mouse wheel button. */
6648 if (!result && GetEventClass (eventRef) == kEventClassMouse)
6649 {
6650 UInt32 kind = GetEventKind (eventRef);
6651 if (kind == kEventMouseDown && !(eventRec->what == mouseDown))
6652 {
6653 eventRec->what = mouseDown;
6654 result=1;
6655 }
6656 if (kind == kEventMouseUp && !(eventRec->what == mouseUp))
6657 {
6658 eventRec->what = mouseUp;
6659 result=1;
6660 }
6661 if (result)
6662 {
6663 /* Need where and when. */
6664 UInt32 mods;
6665 GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamMouseLocation,
6666 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof (Point),
6667 NULL, &eventRec->where);
6668 /* Use two step process because new event modifiers are
6669 32-bit and old are 16-bit. Currently, only loss is
6670 NumLock & Fn. */
6671 GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
6672 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof (UInt32),
6673 NULL, &mods);
6674 eventRec->modifiers = mods;
6675
6676 eventRec->when = EventTimeToTicks (GetEventTime (eventRef));
6677 }
6678 }
6679 return result;
6680 }
6681
6682 #endif
6683
6684 static void
6685 do_get_menus (void)
6686 {
6687 Handle menubar_handle;
6688 MenuHandle menu_handle;
6689
6690 menubar_handle = GetNewMBar (128);
6691 if(menubar_handle == NULL)
6692 abort ();
6693 SetMenuBar (menubar_handle);
6694 DrawMenuBar ();
6695
6696 menu_handle = GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE);
6697 if(menu_handle != NULL)
6698 AppendResMenu (menu_handle,'DRVR');
6699 else
6700 abort ();
6701 }
6702
6703
6704 static void
6705 do_init_managers (void)
6706 {
6707 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
6708 InitGraf (&qd.thePort);
6709 InitFonts ();
6710 FlushEvents (everyEvent, 0);
6711 InitWindows ();
6712 InitMenus ();
6713 TEInit ();
6714 InitDialogs (NULL);
6715 #endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
6716 InitCursor ();
6717
6718 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
6719 /* set up some extra stack space for use by emacs */
6720 SetApplLimit ((Ptr) ((long) GetApplLimit () - EXTRA_STACK_ALLOC));
6721
6722 /* MaxApplZone must be called for AppleScript to execute more
6723 complicated scripts */
6724 MaxApplZone ();
6725 MoreMasters ();
6726 #endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
6727 }
6728
6729 static void
6730 do_check_ram_size (void)
6731 {
6732 SInt32 physical_ram_size, logical_ram_size;
6733
6734 if (Gestalt (gestaltPhysicalRAMSize, &physical_ram_size) != noErr
6735 || Gestalt (gestaltLogicalRAMSize, &logical_ram_size) != noErr
6736 || physical_ram_size > 256 * 1024 * 1024
6737 || logical_ram_size > 256 * 1024 * 1024)
6738 {
6739 StopAlert (RAM_TOO_LARGE_ALERT_ID, NULL);
6740 exit (1);
6741 }
6742 }
6743
6744 static void
6745 do_window_update (WindowPtr win)
6746 {
6747 struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (win);
6748 struct frame *f = mwp->mFP;
6749
6750 if (f)
6751 {
6752 if (f->async_visible == 0)
6753 {
6754 f->async_visible = 1;
6755 f->async_iconified = 0;
6756 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
6757
6758 /* An update event is equivalent to MapNotify on X, so report
6759 visibility changes properly. */
6760 if (! NILP(Vframe_list) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
6761 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6762 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6763 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6764 }
6765 else
6766 {
6767 BeginUpdate (win);
6768 handling_window_update = 1;
6769
6770 XClearWindow (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
6771
6772 expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6773
6774 handling_window_update = 0;
6775 EndUpdate (win);
6776 }
6777 }
6778 }
6779
6780 static int
6781 is_emacs_window (WindowPtr win)
6782 {
6783 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6784
6785 if (!win)
6786 return 0;
6787
6788 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6789 if (FRAME_MAC_P (XFRAME (frame)))
6790 if (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)) == win)
6791 return 1;
6792
6793 return 0;
6794 }
6795
6796 static void
6797 do_window_activate (WindowPtr win)
6798 {
6799 mac_output *mwp;
6800 struct frame *f;
6801
6802 if (is_emacs_window (win))
6803 {
6804 mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (win);
6805 f = mwp->mFP;
6806
6807 if (f)
6808 {
6809 x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), f);
6810 activate_scroll_bars (f);
6811 }
6812 }
6813 }
6814
6815 static void
6816 do_window_deactivate (WindowPtr win)
6817 {
6818 mac_output *mwp;
6819 struct frame *f;
6820
6821 if (is_emacs_window (win))
6822 {
6823 mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (win);
6824 f = mwp->mFP;
6825
6826 if (f == FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame)
6827 {
6828 x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 0);
6829 deactivate_scroll_bars (f);
6830 }
6831 }
6832 }
6833
6834 static void
6835 do_app_resume ()
6836 {
6837 WindowPtr wp;
6838 mac_output *mwp;
6839 struct frame *f;
6840
6841 wp = FrontWindow();
6842 if (is_emacs_window (wp))
6843 {
6844 mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp);
6845 f = mwp->mFP;
6846
6847 if (f)
6848 {
6849 x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), f);
6850 activate_scroll_bars (f);
6851 }
6852 }
6853
6854 app_is_suspended = false;
6855 app_sleep_time = WNE_SLEEP_AT_RESUME;
6856 }
6857
6858 static void
6859 do_app_suspend ()
6860 {
6861 WindowPtr wp;
6862 mac_output *mwp;
6863 struct frame *f;
6864
6865 wp = FrontWindow();
6866 if (is_emacs_window (wp))
6867 {
6868 mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp);
6869 f = mwp->mFP;
6870
6871 if (f == FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame)
6872 {
6873 x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 0);
6874 deactivate_scroll_bars (f);
6875 }
6876 }
6877
6878 app_is_suspended = true;
6879 app_sleep_time = WNE_SLEEP_AT_SUSPEND;
6880 }
6881
6882
6883 static void
6884 do_mouse_moved (Point mouse_pos)
6885 {
6886 WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow ();
6887 struct frame *f;
6888
6889 if (is_emacs_window (wp))
6890 {
6891 f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP;
6892
6893 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
6894 SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp));
6895 #else
6896 SetPort (wp);
6897 #endif
6898
6899 GlobalToLocal (&mouse_pos);
6900
6901 note_mouse_movement (f, &mouse_pos);
6902 }
6903 }
6904
6905
6906 static void
6907 do_os_event (EventRecord *erp)
6908 {
6909 switch((erp->message >> 24) & 0x000000FF)
6910 {
6911 case suspendResumeMessage:
6912 if((erp->message & resumeFlag) == 1)
6913 do_app_resume ();
6914 else
6915 do_app_suspend ();
6916 break;
6917
6918 case mouseMovedMessage:
6919 do_mouse_moved (erp->where);
6920 break;
6921 }
6922 }
6923
6924 static void
6925 do_events (EventRecord *erp)
6926 {
6927 switch (erp->what)
6928 {
6929 case updateEvt:
6930 do_window_update ((WindowPtr) erp->message);
6931 break;
6932
6933 case osEvt:
6934 do_os_event (erp);
6935 break;
6936
6937 case activateEvt:
6938 if ((erp->modifiers & activeFlag) != 0)
6939 do_window_activate ((WindowPtr) erp->message);
6940 else
6941 do_window_deactivate ((WindowPtr) erp->message);
6942 break;
6943 }
6944 }
6945
6946 static void
6947 do_apple_menu (SInt16 menu_item)
6948 {
6949 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
6950 Str255 item_name;
6951 SInt16 da_driver_refnum;
6952
6953 if (menu_item == I_ABOUT)
6954 NoteAlert (ABOUT_ALERT_ID, NULL);
6955 else
6956 {
6957 GetMenuItemText (GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE), menu_item, item_name);
6958 da_driver_refnum = OpenDeskAcc (item_name);
6959 }
6960 #endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
6961 }
6962
6963 void
6964 do_menu_choice (SInt32 menu_choice)
6965 {
6966 SInt16 menu_id, menu_item;
6967
6968 menu_id = HiWord (menu_choice);
6969 menu_item = LoWord (menu_choice);
6970
6971 if (menu_id == 0)
6972 return;
6973
6974 switch (menu_id)
6975 {
6976 case M_APPLE:
6977 do_apple_menu (menu_item);
6978 break;
6979
6980 default:
6981 {
6982 WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow ();
6983 struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP;
6984 MenuHandle menu = GetMenuHandle (menu_id);
6985 if (menu)
6986 {
6987 UInt32 refcon;
6988
6989 GetMenuItemRefCon (menu, menu_item, &refcon);
6990 menubar_selection_callback (f, refcon);
6991 }
6992 }
6993 }
6994
6995 HiliteMenu (0);
6996 }
6997
6998
6999 /* Handle drags in size box. Based on code contributed by Ben
7000 Mesander and IM - Window Manager A. */
7001
7002 static void
7003 do_grow_window (WindowPtr w, EventRecord *e)
7004 {
7005 long grow_size;
7006 Rect limit_rect;
7007 int rows, columns;
7008 mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w);
7009 struct frame *f = mwp->mFP;
7010
7011 SetRect(&limit_rect, MIN_DOC_SIZE, MIN_DOC_SIZE, MAX_DOC_SIZE, MAX_DOC_SIZE);
7012
7013 grow_size = GrowWindow (w, e->where, &limit_rect);
7014
7015 /* see if it really changed size */
7016 if (grow_size != 0)
7017 {
7018 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, HiWord (grow_size));
7019 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, LoWord (grow_size));
7020
7021 x_set_window_size (f, 0, columns, rows);
7022 }
7023 }
7024
7025
7026 /* Handle clicks in zoom box. Calculation of "standard state" based
7027 on code in IM - Window Manager A and code contributed by Ben
7028 Mesander. The standard state of an Emacs window is 80-characters
7029 wide (DEFAULT_NUM_COLS) and as tall as will fit on the screen. */
7030
7031 static void
7032 do_zoom_window (WindowPtr w, int zoom_in_or_out)
7033 {
7034 GrafPtr save_port;
7035 Rect zoom_rect, port_rect;
7036 Point top_left;
7037 int w_title_height, columns, rows, width, height, dummy, x, y;
7038 mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w);
7039 struct frame *f = mwp->mFP;
7040
7041 GetPort (&save_port);
7042
7043 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7044 SetPort (GetWindowPort (w));
7045 #else
7046 SetPort (w);
7047 #endif
7048
7049 /* Clear window to avoid flicker. */
7050 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7051 {
7052 Rect r;
7053 BitMap bm;
7054
7055 GetWindowPortBounds (w, &r);
7056 EraseRect (&r);
7057
7058 if (zoom_in_or_out == inZoomOut)
7059 {
7060 /* calculate height of window's title bar (hard card it for now). */
7061 w_title_height = 20 + GetMBarHeight ();
7062
7063 /* get maximum height of window into zoom_rect.bottom -
7064 zoom_rect.top */
7065 GetQDGlobalsScreenBits (&bm);
7066 zoom_rect = bm.bounds;
7067 zoom_rect.top += w_title_height;
7068 InsetRect (&zoom_rect, 8, 4); /* not too tight */
7069
7070 zoom_rect.right = zoom_rect.left
7071 + CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, DEFAULT_NUM_COLS);
7072
7073 SetWindowStandardState (w, &zoom_rect);
7074 }
7075 }
7076 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
7077 EraseRect (&(w->portRect));
7078 if (zoom_in_or_out == inZoomOut)
7079 {
7080 SetPt (&top_left, w->portRect.left, w->portRect.top);
7081 LocalToGlobal (&top_left);
7082
7083 /* calculate height of window's title bar */
7084 w_title_height = top_left.v - 1
7085 - (**((WindowPeek) w)->strucRgn).rgnBBox.top + GetMBarHeight ();
7086
7087 /* get maximum height of window into zoom_rect.bottom - zoom_rect.top */
7088 zoom_rect = qd.screenBits.bounds;
7089 zoom_rect.top += w_title_height;
7090 InsetRect (&zoom_rect, 8, 4); /* not too tight */
7091
7092 zoom_rect.right = zoom_rect.left
7093 + CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, DEFAULT_NUM_COLS);
7094
7095 (**((WStateDataHandle) ((WindowPeek) w)->dataHandle)).stdState
7096 = zoom_rect;
7097 }
7098 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
7099
7100 ZoomWindow (w, zoom_in_or_out, w == FrontWindow ());
7101
7102 /* retrieve window size and update application values */
7103 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7104 GetWindowPortBounds (w, &port_rect);
7105 #else
7106 port_rect = w->portRect;
7107 #endif
7108 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, port_rect.bottom - port_rect.top);
7109 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, port_rect.right - port_rect.left);
7110 x_set_window_size (mwp->mFP, 0, columns, rows);
7111
7112 SetPort (save_port);
7113 }
7114
7115 /* Initialize Drag And Drop to allow files to be dropped onto emacs frames */
7116 static OSErr
7117 init_mac_drag_n_drop ()
7118 {
7119 OSErr result = InstallReceiveHandler (mac_do_receive_drag, 0L, NULL);
7120 return result;
7121 }
7122
7123 /* Intialize AppleEvent dispatcher table for the required events. */
7124 void
7125 init_required_apple_events ()
7126 {
7127 OSErr err;
7128 long result;
7129
7130 /* Make sure we have apple events before starting. */
7131 err = Gestalt (gestaltAppleEventsAttr, &result);
7132 if (err != noErr)
7133 abort ();
7134
7135 if (!(result & (1 << gestaltAppleEventsPresent)))
7136 abort ();
7137
7138 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7139 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
7140 NewAEEventHandlerUPP
7141 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_application),
7142 0L, false);
7143 #else
7144 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
7145 NewAEEventHandlerProc
7146 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_application),
7147 0L, false);
7148 #endif
7149 if (err != noErr)
7150 abort ();
7151
7152 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7153 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
7154 NewAEEventHandlerUPP
7155 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_documents),
7156 0L, false);
7157 #else
7158 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
7159 NewAEEventHandlerProc
7160 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_documents),
7161 0L, false);
7162 #endif
7163 if (err != noErr)
7164 abort ();
7165
7166 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7167 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
7168 NewAEEventHandlerUPP
7169 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_print_documents),
7170 0L, false);
7171 #else
7172 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
7173 NewAEEventHandlerProc
7174 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_print_documents),
7175 0L, false);
7176 #endif
7177 if (err != noErr)
7178 abort ();
7179
7180 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7181 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
7182 NewAEEventHandlerUPP
7183 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_quit_application),
7184 0L, false);
7185 #else
7186 err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
7187 NewAEEventHandlerProc
7188 ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_quit_application),
7189 0L, false);
7190 #endif
7191 if (err != noErr)
7192 abort ();
7193 }
7194
7195 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7196
7197 void
7198 init_service_handler ()
7199 {
7200 EventTypeSpec specs[] = {{kEventClassService, kEventServiceGetTypes},
7201 {kEventClassService, kEventServiceCopy},
7202 {kEventClassService, kEventServicePaste}};
7203 InstallApplicationEventHandler (NewEventHandlerUPP (mac_handle_service_event),
7204 3, specs, NULL, NULL);
7205 }
7206
7207 /*
7208 MAC_TODO: Check to see if this is called by AEProcessDesc...
7209 */
7210 OSStatus
7211 mac_handle_service_event (EventHandlerCallRef callRef,
7212 EventRef event, void *data)
7213 {
7214 OSStatus err = noErr;
7215 switch (GetEventKind (event))
7216 {
7217 case kEventServiceGetTypes:
7218 {
7219 CFMutableArrayRef copyTypes, pasteTypes;
7220 CFStringRef type;
7221 Boolean selection = true;
7222 /*
7223 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamServicePasteTypes,
7224 typeCFMutableArrayRef, NULL,
7225 sizeof (CFMutableArrayRef), NULL, &pasteTypes);
7226 */
7227 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamServiceCopyTypes,
7228 typeCFMutableArrayRef, NULL,
7229 sizeof (CFMutableArrayRef), NULL, &copyTypes);
7230 type = CreateTypeStringWithOSType (kScrapFlavorTypeText);
7231 if (type) {
7232 CFArrayAppendValue (copyTypes, type);
7233 //CFArrayAppendValue (pasteTypes, type);
7234 CFRelease (type);
7235 }
7236 }
7237 case kEventServiceCopy:
7238 {
7239 ScrapRef currentScrap, specificScrap;
7240 char * buf = "";
7241 Size byteCount = 0;
7242
7243 GetCurrentScrap (&currentScrap);
7244
7245 err = GetScrapFlavorSize (currentScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &byteCount);
7246 if (err == noErr)
7247 {
7248 void *buffer = xmalloc (byteCount);
7249 if (buffer != NULL)
7250 {
7251 GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamScrapRef, typeScrapRef, NULL,
7252 sizeof (ScrapRef), NULL, &specificScrap);
7253
7254 err = GetScrapFlavorData (currentScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText,
7255 &byteCount, buffer);
7256 if (err == noErr)
7257 PutScrapFlavor (specificScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText,
7258 kScrapFlavorMaskNone, byteCount, buffer);
7259 xfree (buffer);
7260 }
7261 }
7262 err = noErr;
7263 }
7264 case kEventServicePaste:
7265 {
7266 /*
7267 // Get the current location
7268 Size byteCount;
7269 ScrapRef specificScrap;
7270 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamScrapRef, typeScrapRef, NULL,
7271 sizeof(ScrapRef), NULL, &specificScrap);
7272 err = GetScrapFlavorSize(specificScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &byteCount);
7273 if (err == noErr) {
7274 void * buffer = xmalloc(byteCount);
7275 if (buffer != NULL ) {
7276 err = GetScrapFlavorData(specificScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText,
7277 &byteCount, buffer);
7278 if (err == noErr) {
7279 // Actually place in the buffer
7280 BLOCK_INPUT;
7281 // Get the current "selection" string here
7282 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7283 }
7284 }
7285 xfree(buffer);
7286 }
7287 */
7288 }
7289 }
7290 return err;
7291 }
7292 #endif
7293
7294 /* Open Application Apple Event */
7295 static pascal OSErr
7296 do_ae_open_application(const AppleEvent *pae, AppleEvent *preply, long prefcon)
7297 {
7298 return noErr;
7299 }
7300
7301
7302 /* Defined in mac.c. */
7303 extern int
7304 path_from_vol_dir_name (char *, int, short, long, char *);
7305
7306
7307 /* Called when we receive an AppleEvent with an ID of
7308 "kAEOpenDocuments". This routine gets the direct parameter,
7309 extracts the FSSpecs in it, and puts their names on a list. */
7310 static pascal OSErr
7311 do_ae_open_documents(AppleEvent *message, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon)
7312 {
7313 OSErr err, err2;
7314 AEDesc the_desc;
7315 AEKeyword keyword;
7316 DescType actual_type;
7317 Size actual_size;
7318
7319 err = AEGetParamDesc (message, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &the_desc);
7320 if (err != noErr)
7321 goto descriptor_error_exit;
7322
7323 /* Check to see that we got all of the required parameters from the
7324 event descriptor. For an 'odoc' event this should just be the
7325 file list. */
7326 err = AEGetAttributePtr(message, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard,
7327 &actual_type, (Ptr) &keyword,
7328 sizeof (keyword), &actual_size);
7329 /* No error means that we found some unused parameters.
7330 errAEDescNotFound means that there are no more parameters. If we
7331 get an error code other than that, flag it. */
7332 if ((err == noErr) || (err != errAEDescNotFound))
7333 {
7334 err = errAEEventNotHandled;
7335 goto error_exit;
7336 }
7337 err = noErr;
7338
7339 /* Got all the parameters we need. Now, go through the direct
7340 object list and parse it up. */
7341 {
7342 long num_files_to_open;
7343
7344 err = AECountItems (&the_desc, &num_files_to_open);
7345 if (err == noErr)
7346 {
7347 int i;
7348
7349 /* AE file list is one based so just use that for indexing here. */
7350 for (i = 1; (err == noErr) && (i <= num_files_to_open); i++)
7351 {
7352 FSSpec fs;
7353 Str255 path_name, unix_path_name;
7354 #ifdef MAC_OSX
7355 FSRef fref;
7356 #endif
7357
7358 err = AEGetNthPtr(&the_desc, i, typeFSS, &keyword, &actual_type,
7359 (Ptr) &fs, sizeof (fs), &actual_size);
7360 if (err != noErr) break;
7361
7362 #ifdef MAC_OSX
7363 err = FSpMakeFSRef (&fs, &fref);
7364 if (err != noErr) break;
7365
7366 if (FSRefMakePath (&fref, unix_path_name, 255) == noErr)
7367 #else
7368 if (path_from_vol_dir_name (path_name, 255, fs.vRefNum, fs.parID,
7369 fs.name) &&
7370 mac_to_posix_pathname (path_name, unix_path_name, 255))
7371 #endif
7372 drag_and_drop_file_list = Fcons (build_string (unix_path_name),
7373 drag_and_drop_file_list);
7374 }
7375 }
7376 }
7377
7378 error_exit:
7379 /* Nuke the coerced file list in any case */
7380 err2 = AEDisposeDesc(&the_desc);
7381
7382 descriptor_error_exit:
7383 /* InvalRect(&(gFrontMacWindowP->mWP->portRect)); */
7384 return err;
7385 }
7386
7387
7388 static pascal OSErr
7389 mac_do_receive_drag (WindowPtr window, void *handlerRefCon,
7390 DragReference theDrag)
7391 {
7392 short items;
7393 short index;
7394 FlavorFlags theFlags;
7395 Point mouse;
7396 OSErr result;
7397 ItemReference theItem;
7398 HFSFlavor data;
7399 FSRef fref;
7400 Size size = sizeof (HFSFlavor);
7401
7402 drag_and_drop_file_list = Qnil;
7403 GetDragMouse (theDrag, &mouse, 0L);
7404 CountDragItems (theDrag, &items);
7405 for (index = 1; index <= items; index++)
7406 {
7407 /* Only handle file references. */
7408 GetDragItemReferenceNumber (theDrag, index, &theItem);
7409 result = GetFlavorFlags (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &theFlags);
7410 if (result == noErr)
7411 {
7412 #ifdef MAC_OSX
7413 FSRef frref;
7414 #else
7415 Str255 path_name;
7416 #endif
7417 Str255 unix_path_name;
7418 GetFlavorData (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &data, &size, 0L);
7419 #ifdef MAC_OSX
7420 /* Use Carbon routines, otherwise it converts the file name
7421 to /Macintosh HD/..., which is not correct. */
7422 FSpMakeFSRef (&data.fileSpec, &fref);
7423 if (! FSRefMakePath (&fref, unix_path_name, sizeof (unix_path_name)));
7424 #else
7425 if (path_from_vol_dir_name (path_name, 255, data.fileSpec.vRefNum,
7426 data.fileSpec.parID, data.fileSpec.name) &&
7427 mac_to_posix_pathname (path_name, unix_path_name, 255))
7428 #endif
7429 drag_and_drop_file_list = Fcons (build_string (unix_path_name),
7430 drag_and_drop_file_list);
7431 }
7432 else
7433 return;
7434 }
7435 /* If there are items in the list, construct an event and post it to
7436 the queue like an interrupt using kbd_buffer_store_event. */
7437 if (!NILP (drag_and_drop_file_list))
7438 {
7439 struct input_event event;
7440 Lisp_Object frame;
7441 struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon(window))->mFP;
7442 SetPort (GetWindowPort (window));
7443 GlobalToLocal (&mouse);
7444
7445 event.kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT;
7446 event.code = 0;
7447 event.modifiers = 0;
7448 event.timestamp = TickCount () * (1000 / 60);
7449 XSETINT (event.x, mouse.h);
7450 XSETINT (event.y, mouse.v);
7451 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7452 event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, drag_and_drop_file_list);
7453 event.arg = Qnil;
7454 /* Post to the interrupt queue */
7455 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7456 /* MAC_TODO: Mimic behavior of windows by switching contexts to Emacs */
7457 {
7458 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
7459 GetCurrentProcess (&psn);
7460 SetFrontProcess (&psn);
7461 }
7462 }
7463 }
7464
7465
7466 /* Print Document Apple Event */
7467 static pascal OSErr
7468 do_ae_print_documents (const AppleEvent *pAE, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon)
7469 {
7470 return errAEEventNotHandled;
7471 }
7472
7473
7474 static pascal OSErr
7475 do_ae_quit_application (AppleEvent* message, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon)
7476 {
7477 /* FixMe: Do we need an unwind-protect or something here? And what
7478 do we do about unsaved files. Currently just forces quit rather
7479 than doing recursive callback to get user input. */
7480
7481 terminate_flag = true;
7482
7483 /* Fkill_emacs doesn't return. We have to return. (TI) */
7484 return noErr;
7485 }
7486
7487
7488 #if __profile__
7489 void
7490 profiler_exit_proc ()
7491 {
7492 ProfilerDump ("\pEmacs.prof");
7493 ProfilerTerm ();
7494 }
7495 #endif
7496
7497 /* These few functions implement Emacs as a normal Mac application
7498 (almost): set up the heap and the Toolbox, handle necessary
7499 system events plus a few simple menu events. They also set up
7500 Emacs's access to functions defined in the rest of this file.
7501 Emacs uses function hooks to perform all its terminal I/O. A
7502 complete list of these functions appear in termhooks.h. For what
7503 they do, read the comments there and see also w32term.c and
7504 xterm.c. What's noticeably missing here is the event loop, which
7505 is normally present in most Mac application. After performing the
7506 necessary Mac initializations, main passes off control to
7507 emacs_main (corresponding to main in emacs.c). Emacs_main calls
7508 mac_read_socket (defined further below) to read input. This is
7509 where WaitNextEvent is called to process Mac events. This is also
7510 where check_alarm in sysdep.c is called to simulate alarm signals.
7511 This makes the cursor jump back to its correct position after
7512 briefly jumping to that of the matching parenthesis, print useful
7513 hints and prompts in the minibuffer after the user stops typing for
7514 a wait, etc. */
7515
7516 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7517 #undef main
7518 int
7519 main (void)
7520 {
7521 #if __profile__ /* is the profiler on? */
7522 if (ProfilerInit(collectDetailed, bestTimeBase, 5000, 200))
7523 exit(1);
7524 #endif
7525
7526 #if __MWERKS__
7527 /* set creator and type for files created by MSL */
7528 _fcreator = 'EMAx';
7529 _ftype = 'TEXT';
7530 #endif
7531
7532 do_init_managers ();
7533
7534 do_get_menus ();
7535
7536 do_check_ram_size ();
7537
7538 init_emacs_passwd_dir ();
7539
7540 init_environ ();
7541
7542 initialize_applescript ();
7543
7544 init_required_apple_events ();
7545
7546 {
7547 char **argv;
7548 int argc = 0;
7549
7550 /* set up argv array from STR# resource */
7551 get_string_list (&argv, ARGV_STRING_LIST_ID);
7552 while (argv[argc])
7553 argc++;
7554
7555 /* free up AppleScript resources on exit */
7556 atexit (terminate_applescript);
7557
7558 #if __profile__ /* is the profiler on? */
7559 atexit (profiler_exit_proc);
7560 #endif
7561
7562 /* 3rd param "envp" never used in emacs_main */
7563 (void) emacs_main (argc, argv, 0);
7564 }
7565
7566 /* Never reached - real exit in Fkill_emacs */
7567 return 0;
7568 }
7569 #endif
7570
7571 /* Table for translating Mac keycode to X keysym values. Contributed
7572 by Sudhir Shenoy. */
7573 static unsigned char keycode_to_xkeysym_table[] = {
7574 /*0x00*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
7575 /*0x10*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
7576 /*0x20*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0d /*return*/, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
7577
7578 /*0x30*/ 0x09 /*tab*/, 0 /*0x0020 space*/, 0, 0x08 /*backspace*/,
7579 /*0x34*/ 0, 0x1b /*escape*/, 0, 0,
7580 /*0x38*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
7581 /*0x3C*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
7582
7583 /*0x40*/ 0, 0xae /*kp-.*/, 0, 0xaa /*kp-**/,
7584 /*0x44*/ 0, 0xab /*kp-+*/, 0, 0x7f /*kp-clear*/,
7585 /*0x48*/ 0, 0, 0, 0xaf /*kp-/*/,
7586 /*0x4C*/ 0x8d /*kp-enter*/, 0, 0xad /*kp--*/, 0,
7587
7588 /*0x50*/ 0, 0xbd /*kp-=*/, 0xb0 /*kp-0*/, 0xb1 /*kp-1*/,
7589 /*0x54*/ 0xb2 /*kp-2*/, 0xb3 /*kp-3*/, 0xb4 /*kp-4*/, 0xb5 /*kp-5*/,
7590 /*0x58*/ 0xb6 /*kp-6*/, 0xb7 /*kp-7*/, 0, 0xb8 /*kp-8*/,
7591 /*0x5C*/ 0xb9 /*kp-9*/, 0, 0, 0,
7592
7593 /*0x60*/ 0xc2 /*f5*/, 0xc3 /*f6*/, 0xc4 /*f7*/, 0xc0 /*f3*/,
7594 /*0x64*/ 0xc5 /*f8*/, 0xc6 /*f9*/, 0, 0xc8 /*f11*/,
7595 /*0x68*/ 0, 0xca /*f13*/, 0, 0xcb /*f14*/,
7596 /*0x6C*/ 0, 0xc7 /*f10*/, 0, 0xc9 /*f12*/,
7597
7598 /*0x70*/ 0, 0xcc /*f15*/, 0x9e /*insert (or 0x6a==help)*/, 0x95 /*home*/,
7599 /*0x74*/ 0x9a /*pgup*/, 0x9f /*delete*/, 0xc1 /*f4*/, 0x9c /*end*/,
7600 /*0x78*/ 0xbf /*f2*/, 0x9b /*pgdown*/, 0xbe /*f1*/, 0x51 /*left*/,
7601 /*0x7C*/ 0x53 /*right*/, 0x54 /*down*/, 0x52 /*up*/, 0
7602 };
7603
7604 static int
7605 keycode_to_xkeysym (int keyCode, int *xKeySym)
7606 {
7607 *xKeySym = keycode_to_xkeysym_table [keyCode & 0x7f];
7608 return *xKeySym != 0;
7609 }
7610
7611 /* Emacs calls this whenever it wants to read an input event from the
7612 user. */
7613 int
7614 XTread_socket (int sd, struct input_event *bufp, int numchars, int expected)
7615 {
7616 int count = 0;
7617 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7618 OSStatus rneResult;
7619 EventRef eventRef;
7620 EventMouseButton mouseBtn;
7621 #endif
7622 EventRecord er;
7623 int the_modifiers;
7624 EventMask event_mask;
7625
7626 #if 0
7627 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
7628 {
7629 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
7630 return -1;
7631 }
7632 #endif
7633
7634 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
7635 BLOCK_INPUT;
7636
7637 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7638 input_signal_count++;
7639
7640 if (numchars <= 0)
7641 abort ();
7642
7643 /* Don't poll for events to process (specifically updateEvt) if
7644 window update currently already in progress. A call to redisplay
7645 (in do_window_update) can be preempted by another call to
7646 redisplay, causing blank regions to be left on the screen and the
7647 cursor to be left at strange places. */
7648 if (handling_window_update)
7649 {
7650 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7651 return 0;
7652 }
7653
7654 if (terminate_flag)
7655 Fkill_emacs (make_number (1));
7656
7657 /* It is necessary to set this (additional) argument slot of an
7658 event to nil because keyboard.c protects incompletely processed
7659 event from being garbage collected by placing them in the
7660 kbd_buffer_gcpro vector. */
7661 bufp->arg = Qnil;
7662
7663 event_mask = everyEvent;
7664 if (NILP (Fboundp (Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop)))
7665 event_mask -= highLevelEventMask;
7666
7667 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7668 rneResult = ReceiveNextEvent (0, NULL,
7669 expected
7670 ? TicksToEventTime (app_sleep_time)
7671 : 0,
7672 kEventRemoveFromQueue, &eventRef);
7673 if (!rneResult)
7674 {
7675 /* Handle new events */
7676 if (!mac_convert_event_ref (eventRef, &er))
7677 switch (GetEventClass (eventRef))
7678 {
7679 case kEventClassMouse:
7680 if (GetEventKind (eventRef) == kEventMouseWheelMoved)
7681 {
7682 SInt32 delta;
7683 Point point;
7684 WindowPtr window_ptr = FrontNonFloatingWindow ();
7685 struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (window_ptr);
7686 if (!IsValidWindowPtr (window_ptr))
7687 {
7688 SysBeep(1);
7689 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7690 return 0;
7691 }
7692
7693 GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
7694 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof (SInt32),
7695 NULL, &delta);
7696 GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseLocation,
7697 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof (Point),
7698 NULL, &point);
7699 bufp->kind = MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT;
7700 bufp->code = delta;
7701 bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers(eventRef);
7702 SetPort (GetWindowPort (window_ptr));
7703 GlobalToLocal (&point);
7704 XSETINT (bufp->x, point.h);
7705 XSETINT (bufp->y, point.v);
7706 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, mwp->mFP);
7707 bufp->timestamp = EventTimeToTicks (GetEventTime (eventRef))*(1000/60);
7708 count++;
7709 }
7710 else
7711 SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ());
7712
7713 break;
7714 default:
7715 /* Send the event to the appropriate receiver. */
7716 SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ());
7717 }
7718 else
7719 #else
7720 if (WaitNextEvent (event_mask, &er, (expected ? app_sleep_time : 0L), NULL))
7721 #endif /* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */
7722 switch (er.what)
7723 {
7724 case mouseDown:
7725 case mouseUp:
7726 {
7727 WindowPtr window_ptr = FrontWindow ();
7728 SInt16 part_code;
7729
7730 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7731 /* This is needed to send mouse events like aqua window buttons
7732 to the correct handler. */
7733 if (eventNotHandledErr != SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ())) {
7734 break;
7735 }
7736
7737 if (!is_emacs_window(window_ptr))
7738 break;
7739 #endif
7740
7741 if (mouse_tracking_in_progress == mouse_tracking_scroll_bar
7742 && er.what == mouseUp)
7743 {
7744 struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (window_ptr);
7745 Point mouse_loc = er.where;
7746
7747 /* Convert to local coordinates of new window. */
7748 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7749 SetPort (GetWindowPort (window_ptr));
7750 #else
7751 SetPort (window_ptr);
7752 #endif
7753
7754 GlobalToLocal (&mouse_loc);
7755
7756 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7757 bufp->code = mac_get_mouse_btn (eventRef);
7758 #else
7759 bufp->code = 0; /* only one mouse button */
7760 #endif
7761 bufp->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
7762 bufp->frame_or_window = tracked_scroll_bar->window;
7763 bufp->part = scroll_bar_handle;
7764 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7765 bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef);
7766 #else
7767 bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers);
7768 #endif
7769 bufp->modifiers |= up_modifier;
7770 bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60);
7771 /* ticks to milliseconds */
7772
7773 XSETINT (bufp->x, tracked_scroll_bar->left + 2);
7774 XSETINT (bufp->y, mouse_loc.v - 24);
7775 tracked_scroll_bar->dragging = Qnil;
7776 mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none;
7777 tracked_scroll_bar = NULL;
7778 count++;
7779 break;
7780 }
7781
7782 part_code = FindWindow (er.where, &window_ptr);
7783
7784 switch (part_code)
7785 {
7786 case inMenuBar:
7787 {
7788 struct frame *f = ((mac_output *)
7789 GetWRefCon (FrontWindow ()))->mFP;
7790 saved_menu_event_location = er.where;
7791 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT;
7792 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
7793 count++;
7794 }
7795 break;
7796
7797 case inContent:
7798 if (window_ptr != FrontWindow ())
7799 SelectWindow (window_ptr);
7800 else
7801 {
7802 SInt16 control_part_code;
7803 ControlHandle ch;
7804 struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *)
7805 GetWRefCon (window_ptr);
7806 Point mouse_loc = er.where;
7807
7808 /* convert to local coordinates of new window */
7809 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7810 SetPort (GetWindowPort (window_ptr));
7811 #else
7812 SetPort (window_ptr);
7813 #endif
7814
7815 GlobalToLocal (&mouse_loc);
7816 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7817 ch = FindControlUnderMouse (mouse_loc, window_ptr,
7818 &control_part_code);
7819 #else
7820 control_part_code = FindControl (mouse_loc, window_ptr, &ch);
7821 #endif
7822
7823 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7824 bufp->code = mac_get_mouse_btn (eventRef);
7825 #else
7826 bufp->code = 0; /* only one mouse button */
7827 #endif
7828 XSETINT (bufp->x, mouse_loc.h);
7829 XSETINT (bufp->y, mouse_loc.v);
7830 bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60);
7831 /* ticks to milliseconds */
7832
7833 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7834 if (ch != 0)
7835 #else
7836 if (control_part_code != 0)
7837 #endif
7838 {
7839 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *)
7840 GetControlReference (ch);
7841 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, control_part_code, &er,
7842 bufp);
7843 if (er.what == mouseDown
7844 && control_part_code == kControlIndicatorPart)
7845 {
7846 mouse_tracking_in_progress
7847 = mouse_tracking_scroll_bar;
7848 tracked_scroll_bar = bar;
7849 }
7850 else
7851 {
7852 mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none;
7853 tracked_scroll_bar = NULL;
7854 }
7855 }
7856 else
7857 {
7858 bufp->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT;
7859 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, mwp->mFP);
7860 if (er.what == mouseDown)
7861 mouse_tracking_in_progress
7862 = mouse_tracking_mouse_movement;
7863 else
7864 mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none;
7865 }
7866
7867 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7868 bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef);
7869 #else
7870 bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers);
7871 #endif
7872
7873 switch (er.what)
7874 {
7875 case mouseDown:
7876 bufp->modifiers |= down_modifier;
7877 break;
7878 case mouseUp:
7879 bufp->modifiers |= up_modifier;
7880 break;
7881 }
7882
7883 count++;
7884 }
7885 break;
7886
7887 case inDrag:
7888 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
7889 {
7890 BitMap bm;
7891
7892 GetQDGlobalsScreenBits (&bm);
7893 DragWindow (window_ptr, er.where, &bm.bounds);
7894 }
7895 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
7896 DragWindow (window_ptr, er.where, &qd.screenBits.bounds);
7897 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
7898 break;
7899
7900 case inGoAway:
7901 if (TrackGoAway (window_ptr, er.where))
7902 {
7903 bufp->kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT;
7904 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window,
7905 ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (window_ptr))->mFP);
7906 count++;
7907 }
7908 break;
7909
7910 /* window resize handling added --ben */
7911 case inGrow:
7912 do_grow_window(window_ptr, &er);
7913 break;
7914
7915 /* window zoom handling added --ben */
7916 case inZoomIn:
7917 case inZoomOut:
7918 if (TrackBox (window_ptr, er.where, part_code))
7919 do_zoom_window (window_ptr, part_code);
7920 break;
7921
7922 default:
7923 break;
7924 }
7925 }
7926 break;
7927
7928 case updateEvt:
7929 case osEvt:
7930 case activateEvt:
7931 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7932 if (eventNotHandledErr == SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ()))
7933 #endif
7934 do_events (&er);
7935 break;
7936
7937 case keyDown:
7938 case autoKey:
7939 {
7940 int keycode = (er.message & keyCodeMask) >> 8;
7941 int xkeysym;
7942
7943 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
7944 /* When using Carbon Events, we need to pass raw keyboard events
7945 to the TSM ourselves. If TSM handles it, it will pass back
7946 noErr, otherwise it will pass back "eventNotHandledErr" and
7947 we can process it normally. */
7948 if ((!NILP (Vmac_pass_command_to_system)
7949 || !(er.modifiers & cmdKey))
7950 && (!NILP (Vmac_pass_control_to_system)
7951 || !(er.modifiers & controlKey)))
7952 {
7953 OSStatus err;
7954 err = SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef,
7955 GetEventDispatcherTarget ());
7956 if (err != eventNotHandledErr)
7957 break;
7958 }
7959 #endif
7960
7961 if (!IsValidWindowPtr (FrontNonFloatingWindow ()))
7962 {
7963 SysBeep (1);
7964 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7965 return 0;
7966 }
7967
7968 ObscureCursor ();
7969
7970 if (keycode_to_xkeysym (keycode, &xkeysym))
7971 {
7972 bufp->code = 0xff00 | xkeysym;
7973 bufp->kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
7974 }
7975 else
7976 {
7977 if (er.modifiers & (controlKey |
7978 (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? optionKey
7979 : cmdKey)))
7980 {
7981 /* This code comes from Keyboard Resource, Appendix
7982 C of IM - Text. This is necessary since shift is
7983 ignored in KCHR table translation when option or
7984 command is pressed. It also does not translate
7985 correctly control-shift chars like C-% so mask off
7986 shift here also */
7987 int new_modifiers = er.modifiers & 0xe600;
7988 /* mask off option and command */
7989 int new_keycode = keycode | new_modifiers;
7990 Ptr kchr_ptr = (Ptr) GetScriptManagerVariable (smKCHRCache);
7991 unsigned long some_state = 0;
7992 bufp->code = KeyTranslate (kchr_ptr, new_keycode,
7993 &some_state) & 0xff;
7994 }
7995 else
7996 bufp->code = er.message & charCodeMask;
7997 bufp->kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
7998 }
7999 }
8000
8001 /* If variable mac-convert-keyboard-input-to-latin-1 is non-nil,
8002 convert non-ASCII characters typed at the Mac keyboard
8003 (presumed to be in the Mac Roman encoding) to iso-latin-1
8004 encoding before they are passed to Emacs. This enables the
8005 Mac keyboard to be used to enter non-ASCII iso-latin-1
8006 characters directly. */
8007 if (mac_keyboard_text_encoding != kTextEncodingMacRoman
8008 && bufp->kind == ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT && bufp->code >= 128)
8009 {
8010 static TECObjectRef converter = NULL;
8011 OSStatus the_err = noErr;
8012 OSStatus convert_status = noErr;
8013
8014 if (converter == NULL)
8015 {
8016 the_err = TECCreateConverter (&converter,
8017 kTextEncodingMacRoman,
8018 mac_keyboard_text_encoding);
8019 current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding
8020 = mac_keyboard_text_encoding;
8021 }
8022 else if (mac_keyboard_text_encoding
8023 != current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding)
8024 {
8025 /* Free the converter for the current encoding before
8026 creating a new one. */
8027 TECDisposeConverter (converter);
8028 the_err = TECCreateConverter (&converter,
8029 kTextEncodingMacRoman,
8030 mac_keyboard_text_encoding);
8031 current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding
8032 = mac_keyboard_text_encoding;
8033 }
8034
8035 if (the_err == noErr)
8036 {
8037 unsigned char ch = bufp->code;
8038 ByteCount actual_input_length, actual_output_length;
8039 unsigned char outch;
8040
8041 convert_status = TECConvertText (converter, &ch, 1,
8042 &actual_input_length,
8043 &outch, 1,
8044 &actual_output_length);
8045 if (convert_status == noErr
8046 && actual_input_length == 1
8047 && actual_output_length == 1)
8048 bufp->code = outch;
8049 }
8050 }
8051
8052 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
8053 bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef);
8054 #else
8055 bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers);
8056 #endif
8057
8058 {
8059 mac_output *mwp
8060 = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (FrontNonFloatingWindow ());
8061 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, mwp->mFP);
8062 }
8063
8064 bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60); /* ticks to milliseconds */
8065
8066 count++;
8067 break;
8068
8069 case kHighLevelEvent:
8070 drag_and_drop_file_list = Qnil;
8071
8072 AEProcessAppleEvent(&er);
8073
8074 /* Build a DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT type event as is done in
8075 constuct_drag_n_drop in w32term.c. */
8076 if (!NILP (drag_and_drop_file_list))
8077 {
8078 struct frame *f = NULL;
8079 WindowPtr wp;
8080 Lisp_Object frame;
8081
8082 wp = FrontNonFloatingWindow ();
8083
8084 if (!wp)
8085 {
8086 struct frame *f = XFRAME (XCAR (Vframe_list));
8087 CollapseWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), false);
8088 wp = FrontNonFloatingWindow ();
8089 }
8090
8091 if (wp && is_emacs_window(wp))
8092 f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP;
8093
8094 bufp->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT;
8095 bufp->code = 0;
8096 bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60);
8097 /* ticks to milliseconds */
8098 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
8099 bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef);
8100 #else
8101 bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers);
8102 #endif
8103
8104 XSETINT (bufp->x, 0);
8105 XSETINT (bufp->y, 0);
8106
8107 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8108 bufp->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, drag_and_drop_file_list);
8109
8110 /* Regardless of whether Emacs was suspended or in the
8111 foreground, ask it to redraw its entire screen.
8112 Otherwise parts of the screen can be left in an
8113 inconsistent state. */
8114 if (wp)
8115 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
8116 {
8117 Rect r;
8118
8119 GetWindowPortBounds (wp, &r);
8120 InvalWindowRect (wp, &r);
8121 }
8122 #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
8123 InvalRect (&(wp->portRect));
8124 #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
8125
8126 count++;
8127 }
8128 default:
8129 break;
8130 }
8131 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
8132 ReleaseEvent (eventRef);
8133 }
8134 #endif
8135
8136 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
8137 raise it now. */
8138 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
8139 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
8140 {
8141 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
8142 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
8143 }
8144
8145 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
8146 check_alarm (); /* simulate the handling of a SIGALRM */
8147 #endif
8148
8149 {
8150 static Point old_mouse_pos = { -1, -1 };
8151
8152 if (app_is_suspended)
8153 {
8154 old_mouse_pos.h = -1;
8155 old_mouse_pos.v = -1;
8156 }
8157 else
8158 {
8159 Point mouse_pos;
8160 WindowPtr wp;
8161 struct frame *f;
8162 Lisp_Object bar;
8163 struct scroll_bar *sb;
8164
8165 wp = FrontWindow ();
8166 if (is_emacs_window (wp))
8167 {
8168 f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP;
8169
8170 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
8171 SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp));
8172 #else
8173 SetPort (wp);
8174 #endif
8175
8176 GetMouse (&mouse_pos);
8177
8178 if (!EqualPt (mouse_pos, old_mouse_pos))
8179 {
8180 if (mouse_tracking_in_progress == mouse_tracking_scroll_bar
8181 && tracked_scroll_bar)
8182 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (tracked_scroll_bar,
8183 mouse_pos.v
8184 - XINT (tracked_scroll_bar->top),
8185 TickCount() * (1000 / 60));
8186 else
8187 note_mouse_movement (f, &mouse_pos);
8188
8189 old_mouse_pos = mouse_pos;
8190 }
8191 }
8192 }
8193 }
8194
8195 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8196
8197 return count;
8198 }
8199
8200
8201 /* Need to override CodeWarrior's input function so no conversion is
8202 done on newlines Otherwise compiled functions in .elc files will be
8203 read incorrectly. Defined in ...:MSL C:MSL
8204 Common:Source:buffer_io.c. */
8205 #ifdef __MWERKS__
8206 void
8207 __convert_to_newlines (unsigned char * p, size_t * n)
8208 {
8209 #pragma unused(p,n)
8210 }
8211
8212 void
8213 __convert_from_newlines (unsigned char * p, size_t * n)
8214 {
8215 #pragma unused(p,n)
8216 }
8217 #endif
8218
8219
8220 /* Initialize the struct pointed to by MW to represent a new COLS x
8221 ROWS Macintosh window, using font with name FONTNAME and size
8222 FONTSIZE. */
8223 void
8224 NewMacWindow (FRAME_PTR fp)
8225 {
8226 mac_output *mwp;
8227 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
8228 static int making_terminal_window = 0;
8229 #else
8230 static int making_terminal_window = 1;
8231 #endif
8232
8233 mwp = fp->output_data.mac;
8234
8235 if (making_terminal_window)
8236 {
8237 if (!(mwp->mWP = GetNewCWindow (TERM_WINDOW_RESOURCE, NULL,
8238 (WindowPtr) -1)))
8239 abort ();
8240 making_terminal_window = 0;
8241 }
8242 else
8243 if (!(mwp->mWP = GetNewCWindow (WINDOW_RESOURCE, NULL, (WindowPtr) -1)))
8244 abort ();
8245
8246 SetWRefCon (mwp->mWP, (long) mwp);
8247 /* so that update events can find this mac_output struct */
8248 mwp->mFP = fp; /* point back to emacs frame */
8249
8250 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
8251 SetPort (GetWindowPort (mwp->mWP));
8252 #else
8253 SetPort (mwp->mWP);
8254 #endif
8255
8256 mwp->fontset = -1;
8257
8258 SizeWindow (mwp->mWP, mwp->pixel_width, mwp->pixel_height, false);
8259 ShowWindow (mwp->mWP);
8260
8261 }
8262
8263
8264 void
8265 make_mac_frame (struct frame *f)
8266 {
8267 FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (f) = 1;
8268 FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f) = vertical_scroll_bar_right;
8269
8270 FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) = FILLED_BOX_CURSOR;
8271
8272 NewMacWindow(f);
8273
8274 f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel = 0;
8275 f->output_data.mac->border_pixel = 0x00ff00;
8276 f->output_data.mac->mouse_pixel = 0xff00ff;
8277 f->output_data.mac->cursor_foreground_pixel = 0x0000ff;
8278
8279 f->output_data.mac->fontset = -1;
8280 f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel = -1;
8281 f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_background_pixel = -1;
8282 f->output_data.mac->left_pos = 4;
8283 f->output_data.mac->top_pos = 4;
8284 f->output_data.mac->border_width = 0;
8285 f->output_data.mac->explicit_parent = 0;
8286
8287 f->output_data.mac->internal_border_width = 0;
8288
8289 f->output_method = output_mac;
8290
8291 f->auto_raise = 1;
8292 f->auto_lower = 1;
8293
8294 f->new_width = 0;
8295 f->new_height = 0;
8296 }
8297
8298 void
8299 make_mac_terminal_frame (struct frame *f)
8300 {
8301 Lisp_Object frame;
8302
8303 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8304
8305 f->output_method = output_mac;
8306 f->output_data.mac = (struct mac_output *)
8307 xmalloc (sizeof (struct mac_output));
8308 bzero (f->output_data.mac, sizeof (struct mac_output));
8309 f->output_data.mac->fontset = -1;
8310 f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel = -1;
8311 f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_background_pixel = -1;
8312
8313 XSETFRAME (FRAME_KBOARD (f)->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame, f);
8314
8315 f->width = 96;
8316 f->height = 4;
8317
8318 make_mac_frame (f);
8319
8320 x_make_gc (f);
8321
8322 /* Need to be initialized for unshow_buffer in window.c. */
8323 selected_window = f->selected_window;
8324
8325 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
8326 Fcons (Fcons (Qfont,
8327 build_string ("-*-monaco-medium-r-*--*-90-*-*-*-*-mac-roman")), Qnil));
8328 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
8329 Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color,
8330 build_string ("black")), Qnil));
8331 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
8332 Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color,
8333 build_string ("white")), Qnil));
8334 }
8335
8336 \f
8337 /***********************************************************************
8338 Initialization
8339 ***********************************************************************/
8340
8341 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8342 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
8343 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
8344 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
8345
8346 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
8347 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
8348 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
8349
8350 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
8351 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
8352 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
8353 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
8354 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
8355 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
8356 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
8357 };
8358 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8359
8360 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
8361 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
8362 the screen number from the server number. */
8363 static int
8364 same_x_server (name1, name2)
8365 char *name1, *name2;
8366 {
8367 int seen_colon = 0;
8368 unsigned char *system_name = SDATA (Vsystem_name);
8369 int system_name_length = strlen (system_name);
8370 int length_until_period = 0;
8371
8372 while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0
8373 && system_name[length_until_period] != '.')
8374 length_until_period++;
8375
8376 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
8377 if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5))
8378 name1 += 4;
8379 if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5))
8380 name2 += 4;
8381 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
8382 if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length)
8383 && name1[system_name_length] == ':')
8384 name1 += system_name_length;
8385 if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length)
8386 && name2[system_name_length] == ':')
8387 name2 += system_name_length;
8388 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
8389 if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period)
8390 && name1[length_until_period] == ':')
8391 name1 += length_until_period;
8392 if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period)
8393 && name2[length_until_period] == ':')
8394 name2 += length_until_period;
8395
8396 for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++)
8397 {
8398 if (*name1 == ':')
8399 seen_colon++;
8400 if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.')
8401 return 1;
8402 }
8403 return (seen_colon
8404 && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0')
8405 && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0'));
8406 }
8407 #endif
8408
8409 int mac_initialized = 0;
8410
8411 void
8412 mac_initialize_display_info ()
8413 {
8414 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info;
8415 GDHandle main_device_handle;
8416
8417 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
8418
8419 /* Put it on x_display_name_list. */
8420 x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (build_string ("Mac"), Qnil),
8421 x_display_name_list);
8422 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list);
8423
8424 #if 0
8425 dpyinfo->mac_id_name
8426 = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name)
8427 + SCHARS (Vsystem_name)
8428 + 2);
8429 sprintf (dpyinfo->mac_id_name, "%s@%s",
8430 SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name));
8431 #else
8432 dpyinfo->mac_id_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("Mac Display") + 1);
8433 strcpy (dpyinfo->mac_id_name, "Mac Display");
8434 #endif
8435
8436 main_device_handle = LMGetMainDevice();
8437
8438 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
8439 dpyinfo->resx = 75.0;
8440 dpyinfo->resy = 75.0;
8441 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
8442 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 16;
8443 dpyinfo->height = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.bottom;
8444 dpyinfo->width = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.right;
8445 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
8446 dpyinfo->root_window = NULL;
8447
8448 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
8449 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
8450 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
8451 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
8452 }
8453
8454 struct mac_display_info *
8455 mac_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
8456 Lisp_Object display_name;
8457 char *xrm_option;
8458 char *resource_name;
8459 {
8460 struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;
8461 GDHandle main_device_handle;
8462
8463 if (!mac_initialized)
8464 {
8465 mac_initialize ();
8466 mac_initialized = 1;
8467 }
8468
8469 mac_initialize_display_info (display_name);
8470
8471 dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info;
8472
8473 main_device_handle = LMGetMainDevice();
8474
8475 dpyinfo->height = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.bottom;
8476 dpyinfo->width = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.right;
8477
8478 return dpyinfo;
8479 }
8480 \f
8481 #ifdef MAC_OSX
8482 void
8483 mac_check_bundle()
8484 {
8485 extern int inhibit_window_system;
8486 extern int noninteractive;
8487 CFBundleRef appsBundle;
8488 pid_t child;
8489
8490 /* No need to test if already -nw*/
8491 if (inhibit_window_system || noninteractive)
8492 return;
8493
8494 appsBundle = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
8495 if (appsBundle != NULL)
8496 {
8497 CFStringRef cfBI = CFSTR("CFBundleIdentifier");
8498 CFTypeRef res = CFBundleGetValueForInfoDictionaryKey(appsBundle, cfBI);
8499 /* We found the bundle identifier, now we know we are valid. */
8500 if (res != NULL)
8501 {
8502 CFRelease(res);
8503 return;
8504 }
8505 }
8506 /* MAC_TODO: Have this start the bundled executable */
8507
8508 /* For now, prevent the fatal error by bringing it up in the terminal */
8509 inhibit_window_system = 1;
8510 }
8511
8512 void
8513 MakeMeTheFrontProcess ()
8514 {
8515 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
8516 OSErr err;
8517
8518 err = GetCurrentProcess (&psn);
8519 if (err == noErr)
8520 (void) SetFrontProcess (&psn);
8521 }
8522
8523 /***** Code to handle C-g testing *****/
8524
8525 /* Contains the Mac modifier formed from quit_char */
8526 static mac_quit_char_modifiers = 0;
8527 static mac_quit_char_keycode;
8528 extern int quit_char;
8529
8530 static void
8531 mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers()
8532 {
8533 /* Todo: Determine modifiers from quit_char. */
8534 UInt32 qc_modifiers = ctrl_modifier;
8535
8536 /* Map modifiers */
8537 mac_quit_char_modifiers = 0;
8538 if (qc_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macCtrlKey;
8539 if (qc_modifiers & shift_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macShiftKey;
8540 if (qc_modifiers & meta_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macMetaKey;
8541 if (qc_modifiers & alt_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macAltKey;
8542 }
8543
8544 static void
8545 init_quit_char_handler ()
8546 {
8547 /* TODO: Let this support keys other the 'g' */
8548 mac_quit_char_keycode = 5;
8549 /* Look at <architecture/adb_kb_map.h> for details */
8550 /* http://gemma.apple.com/techpubs/mac/Toolbox/Toolbox-40.html#MARKER-9-184*/
8551
8552 mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers();
8553 }
8554
8555 static Boolean
8556 quit_char_comp (EventRef inEvent, void *inCompData)
8557 {
8558 if (GetEventClass(inEvent) != kEventClassKeyboard)
8559 return false;
8560 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) != kEventRawKeyDown)
8561 return false;
8562 {
8563 UInt32 keyCode;
8564 UInt32 keyModifiers;
8565 GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamKeyCode,
8566 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &keyCode);
8567 if (keyCode != mac_quit_char_keycode)
8568 return false;
8569 GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
8570 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &keyModifiers);
8571 if (keyModifiers != mac_quit_char_modifiers)
8572 return false;
8573 }
8574 return true;
8575 }
8576
8577 void
8578 mac_check_for_quit_char ()
8579 {
8580 EventRef event;
8581 static EMACS_TIME last_check_time = { 0, 0 };
8582 static EMACS_TIME one_second = { 1, 0 };
8583 EMACS_TIME now, t;
8584
8585 /* If windows are not initialized, return immediately (keep it bouncin'). */
8586 if (!mac_quit_char_modifiers)
8587 return;
8588
8589 /* Don't check if last check is less than a second ago. */
8590 EMACS_GET_TIME (now);
8591 EMACS_SUB_TIME (t, now, last_check_time);
8592 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (t, one_second))
8593 return;
8594 last_check_time = now;
8595
8596 /* Redetermine modifiers because they are based on lisp variables */
8597 mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers ();
8598
8599 /* Fill the queue with events */
8600 ReceiveNextEvent (0, NULL, kEventDurationNoWait, false, &event);
8601 event = FindSpecificEventInQueue (GetMainEventQueue (), quit_char_comp,
8602 NULL);
8603 if (event)
8604 {
8605 struct input_event e;
8606 struct mac_output *mwp =
8607 (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (FrontNonFloatingWindow ());
8608 /* Use an input_event to emulate what the interrupt handler does. */
8609 e.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
8610 e.code = quit_char;
8611 e.arg = NULL;
8612 e.modifiers = NULL;
8613 e.timestamp = EventTimeToTicks (GetEventTime (event)) * (1000/60);
8614 XSETFRAME (e.frame_or_window, mwp->mFP);
8615 /* Remove event from queue to prevent looping. */
8616 RemoveEventFromQueue (GetMainEventQueue (), event);
8617 ReleaseEvent (event);
8618 kbd_buffer_store_event (&e);
8619 }
8620 }
8621
8622 #endif /* MAC_OSX */
8623
8624 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
8625
8626 extern frame_parm_handler mac_frame_parm_handlers[];
8627
8628 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface =
8629 {
8630 mac_frame_parm_handlers,
8631 x_produce_glyphs,
8632 x_write_glyphs,
8633 x_insert_glyphs,
8634 x_clear_end_of_line,
8635 x_scroll_run,
8636 x_after_update_window_line,
8637 x_update_window_begin,
8638 x_update_window_end,
8639 x_cursor_to,
8640 x_flush,
8641 x_flush,
8642 x_clear_window_mouse_face,
8643 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
8644 x_fix_overlapping_area,
8645 x_draw_fringe_bitmap,
8646 mac_per_char_metric,
8647 mac_encode_char,
8648 NULL, /* mac_compute_glyph_string_overhangs */
8649 x_draw_glyph_string,
8650 mac_define_frame_cursor,
8651 mac_clear_frame_area,
8652 mac_draw_window_cursor,
8653 mac_draw_vertical_window_border,
8654 mac_shift_glyphs_for_insert
8655 };
8656
8657 void
8658 mac_initialize ()
8659 {
8660 rif = &x_redisplay_interface;
8661
8662 clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame;
8663 ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
8664 delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
8665 ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
8666 reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
8667 set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
8668 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
8669 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
8670 set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
8671 read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
8672 frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
8673 mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
8674 frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
8675 frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower;
8676
8677 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar;
8678 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
8679 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
8680 judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;
8681
8682 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
8683 char_ins_del_ok = 1;
8684 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
8685 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
8686 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
8687 off the bottom */
8688 baud_rate = 19200;
8689
8690 x_noop_count = 0;
8691 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8692 any_help_event_p = 0;
8693
8694 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
8695 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
8696
8697 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8698 XtToolkitInitialize ();
8699 Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext ();
8700 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources);
8701
8702 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
8703 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
8704 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
8705 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
8706 widgets don't behave normally. */
8707 {
8708 EMACS_TIME interval;
8709 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000);
8710 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, interval, x_process_timeouts, 0);
8711 }
8712 #endif
8713
8714 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8715 xaw3d_arrow_scroll = False;
8716 xaw3d_pick_top = True;
8717 #endif
8718
8719 #if 0
8720 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8721 original error handler. */
8722 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
8723 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);
8724
8725 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
8726 #ifdef SIGWINCH
8727 signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL);
8728 #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */
8729
8730 signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal);
8731 #endif
8732
8733 mac_initialize_display_info ();
8734
8735 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
8736 init_required_apple_events ();
8737
8738 init_mac_drag_n_drop ();
8739
8740 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
8741 init_service_handler ();
8742
8743 init_quit_char_handler ();
8744 #endif
8745
8746 DisableMenuCommand (NULL, kHICommandQuit);
8747
8748 if (!inhibit_window_system)
8749 MakeMeTheFrontProcess ();
8750 #endif
8751 }
8752
8753
8754 void
8755 syms_of_macterm ()
8756 {
8757 #if 0
8758 staticpro (&x_error_message_string);
8759 x_error_message_string = Qnil;
8760 #endif
8761
8762 Fprovide (intern ("mac-carbon"), Qnil);
8763
8764 staticpro (&x_display_name_list);
8765 x_display_name_list = Qnil;
8766
8767 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
8768 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8769
8770 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
8771 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
8772
8773 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame);
8774 last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
8775
8776 Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop = intern ("mac-ready-for-drag-n-drop");
8777 staticpro (&Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop);
8778
8779 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-autoselect-window", &x_autoselect_window_p,
8780 doc: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
8781 x_autoselect_window_p = 0;
8782
8783 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
8784 doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */);
8785 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt;
8786
8787 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
8788 &x_use_underline_position_properties,
8789 doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
8790 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
8791 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
8792 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
8793 x_use_underline_position_properties = 0;
8794
8795 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
8796 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
8797
8798 DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-command-key-is-meta", &Vmac_command_key_is_meta,
8799 doc: /* Non-nil means that the command key is used as the Emacs meta key.
8800 Otherwise the option key is used. */);
8801 Vmac_command_key_is_meta = Qt;
8802
8803 DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-reverse-ctrl-meta", &Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta,
8804 doc: /* Non-nil means that the control and meta keys are reversed. This is
8805 useful for non-standard keyboard layouts. */);
8806 Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta = Qnil;
8807
8808 #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
8809 DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-wheel-button-is-mouse-2", &Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2,
8810 doc: /* Non-nil means that the wheel button will be treated as mouse-2 and
8811 the right click will be mouse-3.
8812 Otherwise, the right click will be mouse-2 and the wheel button mouse-3.*/);
8813 Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2 = Qt;
8814
8815 DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-pass-command-to-system", &Vmac_pass_command_to_system,
8816 doc: /* If non-nil, the Mac \"Command\" key is passed on to the Mac
8817 Toolbox for processing before Emacs sees it. */);
8818 Vmac_pass_command_to_system = Qt;
8819
8820 DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-pass-control-to-system", &Vmac_pass_control_to_system,
8821 doc: /* If non-nil, the Mac \"Control\" key is passed on to the Mac
8822 Toolbox for processing before Emacs sees it. */);
8823 Vmac_pass_control_to_system = Qt;
8824 #endif
8825
8826 DEFVAR_INT ("mac-keyboard-text-encoding", &mac_keyboard_text_encoding,
8827 doc: /* One of the Text Encoding Base constant values defined in the
8828 Basic Text Constants section of Inside Macintosh - Text Encoding
8829 Conversion Manager. Its value determines the encoding characters
8830 typed at the Mac keyboard (presumed to be in the MacRoman encoding)
8831 will convert into. E.g., if it is set to kTextEncodingMacRoman (0),
8832 its default value, no conversion takes place. If it is set to
8833 kTextEncodingISOLatin1 (0x201) or kTextEncodingISOLatin2 (0x202),
8834 characters typed on Mac keyboard are first converted into the
8835 ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2 encoding, respectively before being
8836 passed to Emacs. Together with Emacs's set-keyboard-coding-system
8837 command, this enables the Mac keyboard to be used to enter non-ASCII
8838 characters directly. */);
8839 mac_keyboard_text_encoding = kTextEncodingMacRoman;
8840 }